4 * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5 * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6 * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
8 * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9 * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11 * and limitations under the License.
13 * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14 * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15 * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16 * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17 * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
23 * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24 * Copyright (c) 2011, 2020 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25 * Copyright (c) 2018, Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
26 * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
27 * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
28 * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
29 * Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
30 * Copyright (c) 2016 Actifio, Inc. All rights reserved.
31 * Copyright 2018 Joyent, Inc.
32 * Copyright (c) 2017, 2019, Datto Inc. All rights reserved.
33 * Copyright 2017 Joyent, Inc.
34 * Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation.
35 * Copyright (c) 2021, Colm Buckley <colm@tuatha.org>
39 * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
41 * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
42 * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
46 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
47 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
48 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
50 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
52 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
56 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
57 #include <sys/vdev_removal.h>
58 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_mapping.h>
59 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_births.h>
60 #include <sys/vdev_initialize.h>
61 #include <sys/vdev_rebuild.h>
62 #include <sys/vdev_trim.h>
63 #include <sys/vdev_disk.h>
64 #include <sys/vdev_draid.h>
65 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
66 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
68 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
71 #include <sys/bpobj.h>
72 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
73 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
74 #include <sys/unique.h>
75 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
76 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
77 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
78 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
79 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
80 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
82 #include <sys/callb.h>
83 #include <sys/systeminfo.h>
84 #include <sys/spa_boot.h>
85 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
86 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
87 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
88 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
92 #include <sys/fm/protocol.h>
93 #include <sys/fm/util.h>
94 #include <sys/callb.h>
96 #include <sys/vmsystm.h>
100 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
103 * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
106 int zfs_ccw_retry_interval
= 300;
108 typedef enum zti_modes
{
109 ZTI_MODE_FIXED
, /* value is # of threads (min 1) */
110 ZTI_MODE_BATCH
, /* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
111 ZTI_MODE_SCALE
, /* Taskqs scale with CPUs. */
112 ZTI_MODE_NULL
, /* don't create a taskq */
116 #define ZTI_P(n, q) { ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
117 #define ZTI_PCT(n) { ZTI_MODE_ONLINE_PERCENT, (n), 1 }
118 #define ZTI_BATCH { ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
119 #define ZTI_SCALE { ZTI_MODE_SCALE, 0, 1 }
120 #define ZTI_NULL { ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
122 #define ZTI_N(n) ZTI_P(n, 1)
123 #define ZTI_ONE ZTI_N(1)
125 typedef struct zio_taskq_info
{
126 zti_modes_t zti_mode
;
131 static const char *const zio_taskq_types
[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {
132 "iss", "iss_h", "int", "int_h"
136 * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
137 * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
138 * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
139 * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
140 * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
141 * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
142 * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a
143 * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
144 * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
145 * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
146 * particular taskq is chosen at random. ZTI_SCALE is similar to ZTI_BATCH,
147 * but with number of taskqs also scaling with number of CPUs.
149 * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
150 * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
151 * need to be handled with minimum delay.
153 const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs
[ZIO_TYPES
][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {
154 /* ISSUE ISSUE_HIGH INTR INTR_HIGH */
155 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* NULL */
156 { ZTI_N(8), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_SCALE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* READ */
157 { ZTI_BATCH
, ZTI_N(5), ZTI_SCALE
, ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
158 { ZTI_SCALE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* FREE */
159 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* CLAIM */
160 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* IOCTL */
161 { ZTI_N(4), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* TRIM */
164 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
);
165 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
);
166 static boolean_t
spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t
*spa
);
167 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
);
168 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t
*spa
);
170 uint_t zio_taskq_batch_pct
= 80; /* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
171 uint_t zio_taskq_batch_tpq
; /* threads per taskq */
172 boolean_t zio_taskq_sysdc
= B_TRUE
; /* use SDC scheduling class */
173 uint_t zio_taskq_basedc
= 80; /* base duty cycle */
175 boolean_t spa_create_process
= B_TRUE
; /* no process ==> no sysdc */
178 * Report any spa_load_verify errors found, but do not fail spa_load.
179 * This is used by zdb to analyze non-idle pools.
181 boolean_t spa_load_verify_dryrun
= B_FALSE
;
184 * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
185 * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
187 #define TRYIMPORT_NAME "$import"
190 * For debugging purposes: print out vdev tree during pool import.
192 int spa_load_print_vdev_tree
= B_FALSE
;
195 * A non-zero value for zfs_max_missing_tvds means that we allow importing
196 * pools with missing top-level vdevs. This is strictly intended for advanced
197 * pool recovery cases since missing data is almost inevitable. Pools with
198 * missing devices can only be imported read-only for safety reasons, and their
199 * fail-mode will be automatically set to "continue".
201 * With 1 missing vdev we should be able to import the pool and mount all
202 * datasets. User data that was not modified after the missing device has been
203 * added should be recoverable. This means that snapshots created prior to the
204 * addition of that device should be completely intact.
206 * With 2 missing vdevs, some datasets may fail to mount since there are
207 * dataset statistics that are stored as regular metadata. Some data might be
208 * recoverable if those vdevs were added recently.
210 * With 3 or more missing vdevs, the pool is severely damaged and MOS entries
211 * may be missing entirely. Chances of data recovery are very low. Note that
212 * there are also risks of performing an inadvertent rewind as we might be
213 * missing all the vdevs with the latest uberblocks.
215 unsigned long zfs_max_missing_tvds
= 0;
218 * The parameters below are similar to zfs_max_missing_tvds but are only
219 * intended for a preliminary open of the pool with an untrusted config which
220 * might be incomplete or out-dated.
222 * We are more tolerant for pools opened from a cachefile since we could have
223 * an out-dated cachefile where a device removal was not registered.
224 * We could have set the limit arbitrarily high but in the case where devices
225 * are really missing we would want to return the proper error codes; we chose
226 * SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1 so that some copies of the MOS would still be available
227 * and we get a chance to retrieve the trusted config.
229 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile
= SPA_DVAS_PER_BP
- 1;
232 * In the case where config was assembled by scanning device paths (/dev/dsks
233 * by default) we are less tolerant since all the existing devices should have
234 * been detected and we want spa_load to return the right error codes.
236 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan
= 0;
239 * Debugging aid that pauses spa_sync() towards the end.
241 boolean_t zfs_pause_spa_sync
= B_FALSE
;
244 * Variables to indicate the livelist condense zthr func should wait at certain
245 * points for the livelist to be removed - used to test condense/destroy races
247 int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause
= 0;
248 int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause
= 0;
251 * Variables to track whether or not condense cancellation has been
252 * triggered in testing.
254 int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel
= 0;
255 int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel
= 0;
258 * Variable to track whether or not extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a
259 * livelist entry while it was being condensed (caused by the way we track
260 * remapped blkptrs in dbuf_remap_impl)
262 int zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc
= 0;
265 * ==========================================================================
266 * SPA properties routines
267 * ==========================================================================
271 * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
274 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t
*nvl
, zpool_prop_t prop
, char *strval
,
275 uint64_t intval
, zprop_source_t src
)
277 const char *propname
= zpool_prop_to_name(prop
);
280 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
281 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_SOURCE
, src
) == 0);
284 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, strval
) == 0);
286 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, intval
) == 0);
288 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl
, propname
, propval
) == 0);
289 nvlist_free(propval
);
293 * Get property values from the spa configuration.
296 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
**nvp
)
298 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
299 dsl_pool_t
*pool
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
300 uint64_t size
, alloc
, cap
, version
;
301 const zprop_source_t src
= ZPROP_SRC_NONE
;
302 spa_config_dirent_t
*dp
;
303 metaslab_class_t
*mc
= spa_normal_class(spa
);
305 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_props_lock
));
308 alloc
= metaslab_class_get_alloc(mc
);
309 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_special_class(spa
));
310 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
311 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_embedded_log_class(spa
));
313 size
= metaslab_class_get_space(mc
);
314 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
315 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
316 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_embedded_log_class(spa
));
318 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME
, spa_name(spa
), 0, src
);
319 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE
, NULL
, size
, src
);
320 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED
, NULL
, alloc
, src
);
321 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE
, NULL
,
323 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CHECKPOINT
, NULL
,
324 spa
->spa_checkpoint_info
.sci_dspace
, src
);
326 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION
, NULL
,
327 metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc
), src
);
328 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ
, NULL
,
329 metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc
), src
);
330 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
, NULL
,
331 (spa_mode(spa
) == SPA_MODE_READ
), src
);
333 cap
= (size
== 0) ? 0 : (alloc
* 100 / size
);
334 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY
, NULL
, cap
, src
);
336 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO
, NULL
,
337 ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa
), src
);
339 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH
, NULL
,
340 rvd
->vdev_state
, src
);
342 version
= spa_version(spa
);
343 if (version
== zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
)) {
344 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
, NULL
,
345 version
, ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT
);
347 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
, NULL
,
348 version
, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
350 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LOAD_GUID
,
351 NULL
, spa_load_guid(spa
), src
);
356 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
357 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
359 if (pool
->dp_free_dir
!= NULL
) {
360 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING
, NULL
,
361 dsl_dir_phys(pool
->dp_free_dir
)->dd_used_bytes
,
364 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING
,
368 if (pool
->dp_leak_dir
!= NULL
) {
369 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED
, NULL
,
370 dsl_dir_phys(pool
->dp_leak_dir
)->dd_used_bytes
,
373 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED
,
378 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID
, NULL
, spa_guid(spa
), src
);
380 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
) {
381 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
, spa
->spa_comment
,
385 if (spa
->spa_compatibility
!= NULL
) {
386 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY
,
387 spa
->spa_compatibility
, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
390 if (spa
->spa_root
!= NULL
)
391 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
, spa
->spa_root
,
394 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS
)) {
395 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, NULL
,
396 MIN(zfs_max_recordsize
, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE
), ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
398 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, NULL
,
399 SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
402 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE
)) {
403 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE
, NULL
,
404 DNODE_MAX_SIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
406 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE
, NULL
,
407 DNODE_MIN_SIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
410 if ((dp
= list_head(&spa
->spa_config_list
)) != NULL
) {
411 if (dp
->scd_path
== NULL
) {
412 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
,
413 "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
414 } else if (strcmp(dp
->scd_path
, spa_config_path
) != 0) {
415 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
,
416 dp
->scd_path
, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
422 * Get zpool property values.
425 spa_prop_get(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
**nvp
)
427 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
433 err
= nvlist_alloc(nvp
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
);
437 dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
438 dsl_pool_config_enter(dp
, FTAG
);
439 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
442 * Get properties from the spa config.
444 spa_prop_get_config(spa
, nvp
);
446 /* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
447 if (mos
== NULL
|| spa
->spa_pool_props_object
== 0)
451 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
453 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, mos
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
);
454 (err
= zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
)) == 0;
455 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
458 zprop_source_t src
= ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT
;
461 if ((prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(za
.za_name
)) == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
)
464 switch (za
.za_integer_length
) {
466 /* integer property */
467 if (za
.za_first_integer
!=
468 zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop
))
469 src
= ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
;
471 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
) {
472 dsl_dataset_t
*ds
= NULL
;
474 err
= dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp
,
475 za
.za_first_integer
, FTAG
, &ds
);
479 strval
= kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
,
481 dsl_dataset_name(ds
, strval
);
482 dsl_dataset_rele(ds
, FTAG
);
485 intval
= za
.za_first_integer
;
488 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, prop
, strval
, intval
, src
);
491 kmem_free(strval
, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
);
496 /* string property */
497 strval
= kmem_alloc(za
.za_num_integers
, KM_SLEEP
);
498 err
= zap_lookup(mos
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
499 za
.za_name
, 1, za
.za_num_integers
, strval
);
501 kmem_free(strval
, za
.za_num_integers
);
504 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, prop
, strval
, 0, src
);
505 kmem_free(strval
, za
.za_num_integers
);
512 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
514 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
515 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp
, FTAG
);
516 if (err
&& err
!= ENOENT
) {
526 * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
527 * for the property values to be set.
530 spa_prop_validate(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*props
)
533 int error
= 0, reset_bootfs
= 0;
535 boolean_t has_feature
= B_FALSE
;
538 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, elem
)) != NULL
) {
540 char *strval
, *slash
, *check
, *fname
;
541 const char *propname
= nvpair_name(elem
);
542 zpool_prop_t prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(propname
);
545 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
:
546 if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname
)) {
547 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
552 * Sanitize the input.
554 if (nvpair_type(elem
) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64
) {
555 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
559 if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
) != 0) {
560 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
565 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
569 fname
= strchr(propname
, '@') + 1;
570 if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname
, NULL
) != 0) {
571 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
575 has_feature
= B_TRUE
;
578 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
:
579 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
581 (intval
< spa_version(spa
) ||
582 intval
> SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES
||
584 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
587 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
:
588 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE
:
589 case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS
:
590 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
:
591 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
:
592 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
593 if (!error
&& intval
> 1)
594 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
597 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
:
598 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
599 if (!error
&& intval
> 1)
600 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
603 uint32_t hostid
= zone_get_hostid(NULL
);
605 spa
->spa_hostid
= hostid
;
607 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
612 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
:
614 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
615 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
616 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
618 if (spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS
) {
619 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
624 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
626 if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) {
627 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
633 error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
);
638 if (strval
== NULL
|| strval
[0] == '\0') {
639 objnum
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(
644 error
= dmu_objset_hold(strval
, FTAG
, &os
);
649 if (dmu_objset_type(os
) != DMU_OST_ZFS
) {
650 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
652 objnum
= dmu_objset_id(os
);
654 dmu_objset_rele(os
, FTAG
);
658 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
:
659 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
660 if (!error
&& intval
> ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC
)
661 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
664 * This is a special case which only occurs when
665 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
666 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
667 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
668 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
669 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
670 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
673 if (!error
&& spa_suspended(spa
)) {
674 spa
->spa_failmode
= intval
;
675 error
= SET_ERROR(EIO
);
679 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
:
680 if ((error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
)) != 0)
683 if (strval
[0] == '\0')
686 if (strcmp(strval
, "none") == 0)
689 if (strval
[0] != '/') {
690 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
694 slash
= strrchr(strval
, '/');
695 ASSERT(slash
!= NULL
);
697 if (slash
[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash
, "/.") == 0 ||
698 strcmp(slash
, "/..") == 0)
699 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
702 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
:
703 if ((error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
)) != 0)
705 for (check
= strval
; *check
!= '\0'; check
++) {
706 if (!isprint(*check
)) {
707 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
711 if (strlen(strval
) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT
)
712 error
= SET_ERROR(E2BIG
);
723 (void) nvlist_remove_all(props
,
724 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO
));
726 if (!error
&& reset_bootfs
) {
727 error
= nvlist_remove(props
,
728 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), DATA_TYPE_STRING
);
731 error
= nvlist_add_uint64(props
,
732 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), objnum
);
740 spa_configfile_set(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvp
, boolean_t need_sync
)
743 spa_config_dirent_t
*dp
;
745 if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp
, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
),
749 dp
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t
),
752 if (cachefile
[0] == '\0')
753 dp
->scd_path
= spa_strdup(spa_config_path
);
754 else if (strcmp(cachefile
, "none") == 0)
757 dp
->scd_path
= spa_strdup(cachefile
);
759 list_insert_head(&spa
->spa_config_list
, dp
);
761 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
765 spa_prop_set(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvp
)
768 nvpair_t
*elem
= NULL
;
769 boolean_t need_sync
= B_FALSE
;
771 if ((error
= spa_prop_validate(spa
, nvp
)) != 0)
774 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp
, elem
)) != NULL
) {
775 zpool_prop_t prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem
));
777 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
||
778 prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
||
779 prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
)
782 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
|| prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
) {
785 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
) {
786 VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &ver
) == 0);
788 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
)));
789 ver
= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
;
793 /* Save time if the version is already set. */
794 if (ver
== spa_version(spa
))
798 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
799 * create the pool properties object, the features for
800 * read object, the features for write object, or the
801 * feature descriptions object.
803 error
= dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, NULL
,
804 spa_sync_version
, &ver
,
805 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
);
816 return (dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, NULL
, spa_sync_props
,
817 nvp
, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
));
824 * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
827 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t dsobj
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
829 if (spa
->spa_bootfs
== dsobj
&& spa
->spa_pool_props_object
!= 0) {
830 VERIFY(zap_remove(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
831 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
832 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), tx
) == 0);
839 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
841 uint64_t *newguid __maybe_unused
= arg
;
842 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
843 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
846 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
847 int error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
848 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
849 return (SET_ERROR(error
));
852 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
853 vdev_state
= rvd
->vdev_state
;
854 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
856 if (vdev_state
!= VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY
)
857 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
859 ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa
), !=, *newguid
);
865 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
867 uint64_t *newguid
= arg
;
868 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
870 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
872 oldguid
= spa_guid(spa
);
874 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
875 rvd
->vdev_guid
= *newguid
;
876 rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
+= (*newguid
- oldguid
);
877 vdev_config_dirty(rvd
);
878 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
880 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "guid change", tx
, "old=%llu new=%llu",
881 (u_longlong_t
)oldguid
, (u_longlong_t
)*newguid
);
885 * Change the GUID for the pool. This is done so that we can later
886 * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs. We will modify
887 * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
888 * vdevs dirty. Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
889 * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
890 * would be orphaned from our pool. We are also going to issue a
891 * sysevent to update any watchers.
894 spa_change_guid(spa_t
*spa
)
899 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_vdev_top_lock
);
900 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
901 guid
= spa_generate_guid(NULL
);
903 error
= dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, spa_change_guid_check
,
904 spa_change_guid_sync
, &guid
, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
);
907 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
908 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID
);
911 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
912 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_vdev_top_lock
);
918 * ==========================================================================
919 * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
920 * ==========================================================================
924 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a
, const void *b
)
926 const spa_error_entry_t
*sa
= (const spa_error_entry_t
*)a
;
927 const spa_error_entry_t
*sb
= (const spa_error_entry_t
*)b
;
930 ret
= memcmp(&sa
->se_bookmark
, &sb
->se_bookmark
,
931 sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t
));
933 return (TREE_ISIGN(ret
));
937 * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
938 * re-initializes them in the process.
941 spa_get_errlists(spa_t
*spa
, avl_tree_t
*last
, avl_tree_t
*scrub
)
943 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_errlist_lock
));
945 bcopy(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
, last
, sizeof (avl_tree_t
));
946 bcopy(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
, scrub
, sizeof (avl_tree_t
));
948 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
,
949 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
950 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
951 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
,
952 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
953 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
957 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
)
959 const zio_taskq_info_t
*ztip
= &zio_taskqs
[t
][q
];
960 enum zti_modes mode
= ztip
->zti_mode
;
961 uint_t value
= ztip
->zti_value
;
962 uint_t count
= ztip
->zti_count
;
963 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
964 uint_t cpus
, flags
= TASKQ_DYNAMIC
;
965 boolean_t batch
= B_FALSE
;
969 ASSERT3U(value
, >, 0);
974 flags
|= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
;
975 value
= MIN(zio_taskq_batch_pct
, 100);
979 flags
|= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
;
981 * We want more taskqs to reduce lock contention, but we want
982 * less for better request ordering and CPU utilization.
984 cpus
= MAX(1, boot_ncpus
* zio_taskq_batch_pct
/ 100);
985 if (zio_taskq_batch_tpq
> 0) {
986 count
= MAX(1, (cpus
+ zio_taskq_batch_tpq
/ 2) /
987 zio_taskq_batch_tpq
);
990 * Prefer 6 threads per taskq, but no more taskqs
991 * than threads in them on large systems. For 80%:
994 * cpus taskqs percent threads threads
995 * ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
1006 count
= 1 + cpus
/ 6;
1007 while (count
* count
> cpus
)
1010 /* Limit each taskq within 100% to not trigger assertion. */
1011 count
= MAX(count
, (zio_taskq_batch_pct
+ 99) / 100);
1012 value
= (zio_taskq_batch_pct
+ count
/ 2) / count
;
1016 tqs
->stqs_count
= 0;
1017 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= NULL
;
1021 panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
1023 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
], mode
, value
);
1027 ASSERT3U(count
, >, 0);
1028 tqs
->stqs_count
= count
;
1029 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= kmem_alloc(count
* sizeof (taskq_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
1031 for (uint_t i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++) {
1036 (void) snprintf(name
, sizeof (name
), "%s_%s_%u",
1037 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
], i
);
1039 (void) snprintf(name
, sizeof (name
), "%s_%s",
1040 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
]);
1042 if (zio_taskq_sysdc
&& spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
) {
1044 flags
|= TASKQ_DC_BATCH
;
1046 tq
= taskq_create_sysdc(name
, value
, 50, INT_MAX
,
1047 spa
->spa_proc
, zio_taskq_basedc
, flags
);
1049 pri_t pri
= maxclsyspri
;
1051 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
1052 * intensive. Run it at slightly less important
1053 * priority than the other taskqs.
1055 * Under Linux and FreeBSD this means incrementing
1056 * the priority value as opposed to platforms like
1057 * illumos where it should be decremented.
1059 * On FreeBSD, if priorities divided by four (RQ_PPQ)
1060 * are equal then a difference between them is
1063 if (t
== ZIO_TYPE_WRITE
&& q
== ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE
) {
1064 #if defined(__linux__)
1066 #elif defined(__FreeBSD__)
1072 tq
= taskq_create_proc(name
, value
, pri
, 50,
1073 INT_MAX
, spa
->spa_proc
, flags
);
1076 tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
] = tq
;
1081 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
)
1083 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1085 if (tqs
->stqs_taskq
== NULL
) {
1086 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, ==, 0);
1090 for (uint_t i
= 0; i
< tqs
->stqs_count
; i
++) {
1091 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
], !=, NULL
);
1092 taskq_destroy(tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
]);
1095 kmem_free(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, tqs
->stqs_count
* sizeof (taskq_t
*));
1096 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= NULL
;
1100 * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
1101 * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
1102 * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
1103 * the low bits of gethrtime().
1106 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1107 task_func_t
*func
, void *arg
, uint_t flags
, taskq_ent_t
*ent
)
1109 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1112 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, !=, NULL
);
1113 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, !=, 0);
1115 if (tqs
->stqs_count
== 1) {
1116 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[0];
1118 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs
->stqs_count
];
1121 taskq_dispatch_ent(tq
, func
, arg
, flags
, ent
);
1125 * Same as spa_taskq_dispatch_ent() but block on the task until completion.
1128 spa_taskq_dispatch_sync(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1129 task_func_t
*func
, void *arg
, uint_t flags
)
1131 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1135 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, !=, NULL
);
1136 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, !=, 0);
1138 if (tqs
->stqs_count
== 1) {
1139 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[0];
1141 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs
->stqs_count
];
1144 id
= taskq_dispatch(tq
, func
, arg
, flags
);
1146 taskq_wait_id(tq
, id
);
1150 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t
*spa
)
1152 for (int t
= 0; t
< ZIO_TYPES
; t
++) {
1153 for (int q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1154 spa_taskqs_init(spa
, t
, q
);
1160 * Disabled until spa_thread() can be adapted for Linux.
1162 #undef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1164 #if defined(_KERNEL) && defined(HAVE_SPA_THREAD)
1166 spa_thread(void *arg
)
1168 psetid_t zio_taskq_psrset_bind
= PS_NONE
;
1169 callb_cpr_t cprinfo
;
1172 user_t
*pu
= PTOU(curproc
);
1174 CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
, callb_generic_cpr
,
1177 ASSERT(curproc
!= &p0
);
1178 (void) snprintf(pu
->u_psargs
, sizeof (pu
->u_psargs
),
1179 "zpool-%s", spa
->spa_name
);
1180 (void) strlcpy(pu
->u_comm
, pu
->u_psargs
, sizeof (pu
->u_comm
));
1182 /* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
1183 if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind
!= PS_NONE
) {
1185 mutex_enter(&cpu_lock
);
1186 mutex_enter(&pidlock
);
1187 mutex_enter(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1189 if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread
, zio_taskq_psrset_bind
,
1190 0, NULL
, NULL
) == 0) {
1191 curthread
->t_bind_pset
= zio_taskq_psrset_bind
;
1194 "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
1195 "pset %d\n", spa
->spa_name
, zio_taskq_psrset_bind
);
1198 mutex_exit(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1199 mutex_exit(&pidlock
);
1200 mutex_exit(&cpu_lock
);
1204 if (zio_taskq_sysdc
) {
1205 sysdc_thread_enter(curthread
, 100, 0);
1208 spa
->spa_proc
= curproc
;
1209 spa
->spa_did
= curthread
->t_did
;
1211 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa
);
1213 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1214 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_CREATED
);
1216 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
;
1217 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1219 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo
);
1220 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
)
1221 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1222 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1224 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
);
1225 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_GONE
;
1226 spa
->spa_proc
= &p0
;
1227 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1228 CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo
); /* drops spa_proc_lock */
1230 mutex_enter(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1236 * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1239 spa_activate(spa_t
*spa
, spa_mode_t mode
)
1241 ASSERT(spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1243 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
;
1244 spa
->spa_mode
= mode
;
1246 spa
->spa_normal_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1247 spa
->spa_log_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1248 spa
->spa_embedded_log_class
=
1249 metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1250 spa
->spa_special_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1251 spa
->spa_dedup_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1253 /* Try to create a covering process */
1254 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1255 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_NONE
);
1256 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
);
1259 #ifdef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1260 /* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1261 if (spa_create_process
&& strcmp(spa
->spa_name
, TRYIMPORT_NAME
) != 0) {
1262 if (newproc(spa_thread
, (caddr_t
)spa
, syscid
, maxclsyspri
,
1264 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_CREATED
;
1265 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_CREATED
) {
1266 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
,
1267 &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1269 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
);
1270 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
);
1271 ASSERT(spa
->spa_did
!= 0);
1275 "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1280 #endif /* HAVE_SPA_THREAD */
1281 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1283 /* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1284 if (spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
) {
1285 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa
);
1288 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< TXG_SIZE
; i
++) {
1289 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
1293 list_create(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
1294 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_config_dirty_node
));
1295 list_create(&spa
->spa_evicting_os_list
, sizeof (objset_t
),
1296 offsetof(objset_t
, os_evicting_node
));
1297 list_create(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
1298 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_state_dirty_node
));
1300 txg_list_create(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, spa
,
1301 offsetof(struct vdev
, vdev_txg_node
));
1303 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
,
1304 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1305 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1306 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
,
1307 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1308 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1310 spa_keystore_init(&spa
->spa_keystore
);
1313 * This taskq is used to perform zvol-minor-related tasks
1314 * asynchronously. This has several advantages, including easy
1315 * resolution of various deadlocks.
1317 * The taskq must be single threaded to ensure tasks are always
1318 * processed in the order in which they were dispatched.
1320 * A taskq per pool allows one to keep the pools independent.
1321 * This way if one pool is suspended, it will not impact another.
1323 * The preferred location to dispatch a zvol minor task is a sync
1324 * task. In this context, there is easy access to the spa_t and minimal
1325 * error handling is required because the sync task must succeed.
1327 spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
= taskq_create("z_zvol", 1, defclsyspri
,
1331 * Taskq dedicated to prefetcher threads: this is used to prevent the
1332 * pool traverse code from monopolizing the global (and limited)
1333 * system_taskq by inappropriately scheduling long running tasks on it.
1335 spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
= taskq_create("z_prefetch", 100,
1336 defclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_DYNAMIC
| TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
);
1339 * The taskq to upgrade datasets in this pool. Currently used by
1340 * feature SPA_FEATURE_USEROBJ_ACCOUNTING/SPA_FEATURE_PROJECT_QUOTA.
1342 spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
= taskq_create("z_upgrade", 100,
1343 defclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_DYNAMIC
| TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
);
1347 * Opposite of spa_activate().
1350 spa_deactivate(spa_t
*spa
)
1352 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_on
== B_FALSE
);
1353 ASSERT(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
== NULL
);
1354 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== NULL
);
1355 ASSERT(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
== NULL
);
1356 ASSERT(spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1358 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
1360 if (spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
) {
1361 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
);
1362 spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
= NULL
;
1365 if (spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
) {
1366 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
);
1367 spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
= NULL
;
1370 if (spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
) {
1371 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
);
1372 spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
= NULL
;
1375 txg_list_destroy(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
);
1377 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
);
1378 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_evicting_os_list
);
1379 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
);
1381 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
1383 for (int t
= 0; t
< ZIO_TYPES
; t
++) {
1384 for (int q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1385 spa_taskqs_fini(spa
, t
, q
);
1389 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< TXG_SIZE
; i
++) {
1390 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
], !=, NULL
);
1391 VERIFY0(zio_wait(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
]));
1392 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
] = NULL
;
1395 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_normal_class
);
1396 spa
->spa_normal_class
= NULL
;
1398 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_log_class
);
1399 spa
->spa_log_class
= NULL
;
1401 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_embedded_log_class
);
1402 spa
->spa_embedded_log_class
= NULL
;
1404 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_special_class
);
1405 spa
->spa_special_class
= NULL
;
1407 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_dedup_class
);
1408 spa
->spa_dedup_class
= NULL
;
1411 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1412 * still have errors left in the queues. Empty them just in case.
1414 spa_errlog_drain(spa
);
1415 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
);
1416 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
);
1418 spa_keystore_fini(&spa
->spa_keystore
);
1420 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
;
1422 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1423 if (spa
->spa_proc_state
!= SPA_PROC_NONE
) {
1424 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
);
1425 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
;
1426 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1427 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
) {
1428 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
);
1429 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1431 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_GONE
);
1432 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_NONE
;
1434 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
);
1435 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1438 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1439 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1442 if (spa
->spa_did
!= 0) {
1443 thread_join(spa
->spa_did
);
1449 * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately. This
1450 * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1451 * in the CLOSED state. This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1452 * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1455 spa_config_parse(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
**vdp
, nvlist_t
*nv
, vdev_t
*parent
,
1456 uint_t id
, int atype
)
1462 if ((error
= vdev_alloc(spa
, vdp
, nv
, parent
, id
, atype
)) != 0)
1465 if ((*vdp
)->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
1468 error
= nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
,
1471 if (error
== ENOENT
)
1477 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
1480 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
1482 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, child
[c
], *vdp
, c
,
1490 ASSERT(*vdp
!= NULL
);
1496 spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa_t
*spa
)
1498 if (!spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP
))
1501 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1504 if (!spa
->spa_sync_on
)
1507 if (spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
)
1510 if (zfs_keep_log_spacemaps_at_export
)
1517 * Opens a transaction that will set the flag that will instruct
1518 * spa_sync to attempt to flush all the metaslabs for that txg.
1521 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa_t
*spa
)
1523 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
1524 VERIFY0(dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_WAIT
));
1526 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
, ==, 0);
1527 spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
= dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
);
1530 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
);
1534 spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
1536 void *cookie
= NULL
;
1538 while ((sls
= avl_destroy_nodes(&spa
->spa_sm_logs_by_txg
,
1539 &cookie
)) != NULL
) {
1540 VERIFY0(sls
->sls_mscount
);
1541 kmem_free(sls
, sizeof (spa_log_sm_t
));
1544 for (log_summary_entry_t
*e
= list_head(&spa
->spa_log_summary
);
1545 e
!= NULL
; e
= list_head(&spa
->spa_log_summary
)) {
1546 VERIFY0(e
->lse_mscount
);
1547 list_remove(&spa
->spa_log_summary
, e
);
1548 kmem_free(e
, sizeof (log_summary_entry_t
));
1551 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_nblocks
= 0;
1552 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_memused
= 0;
1553 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_blocklimit
= 0;
1557 spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa_t
*spa
)
1559 if (spa
->spa_condense_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1560 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_condense_zthr
);
1561 spa
->spa_condense_zthr
= NULL
;
1563 if (spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1564 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
);
1565 spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
= NULL
;
1567 if (spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1568 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
);
1569 spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
= NULL
;
1571 if (spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1572 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
);
1573 spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
= NULL
;
1578 * Opposite of spa_load().
1581 spa_unload(spa_t
*spa
)
1583 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
1584 ASSERT(spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1586 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
1587 spa_load_note(spa
, "UNLOADING");
1589 spa_wake_waiters(spa
);
1592 * If the log space map feature is enabled and the pool is getting
1593 * exported (but not destroyed), we want to spend some time flushing
1594 * as many metaslabs as we can in an attempt to destroy log space
1595 * maps and save import time.
1597 if (spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa
))
1598 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa
);
1603 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
1605 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
) {
1606 vdev_t
*root_vdev
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
1607 vdev_initialize_stop_all(root_vdev
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
);
1608 vdev_trim_stop_all(root_vdev
, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
1609 vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa
);
1610 vdev_rebuild_stop_all(spa
);
1616 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
1617 txg_sync_stop(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
1618 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_FALSE
;
1622 * This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching
1623 * while we attempt to unload the spa.
1625 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
1626 for (int c
= 0; c
< spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
1627 vdev_t
*vc
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
];
1628 if (vc
->vdev_mg
!= NULL
)
1629 taskq_wait(vc
->vdev_mg
->mg_taskq
);
1633 if (spa
->spa_mmp
.mmp_thread
)
1634 mmp_thread_stop(spa
);
1637 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
1639 if (spa
->spa_async_zio_root
!= NULL
) {
1640 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++)
1641 (void) zio_wait(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
]);
1642 kmem_free(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
, max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *));
1643 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= NULL
;
1646 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
1647 spa_vdev_removal_destroy(spa
->spa_vdev_removal
);
1648 spa
->spa_vdev_removal
= NULL
;
1651 spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa
);
1653 spa_condense_fini(spa
);
1655 bpobj_close(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
);
1657 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, spa
, RW_WRITER
);
1662 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
)
1663 vdev_free(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
1664 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== NULL
);
1667 * Close the dsl pool.
1669 if (spa
->spa_dsl_pool
) {
1670 dsl_pool_close(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
1671 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
= NULL
;
1672 spa
->spa_meta_objset
= NULL
;
1676 spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa
);
1679 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
1681 spa_l2cache_drop(spa
);
1683 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1684 vdev_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1685 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
) {
1686 kmem_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
,
1687 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1688 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1690 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) {
1691 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
);
1692 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= NULL
;
1694 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
= 0;
1696 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1697 vdev_clear_stats(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1698 vdev_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1700 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
) {
1701 kmem_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
,
1702 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1703 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1705 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) {
1706 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
);
1707 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= NULL
;
1709 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
= 0;
1711 spa
->spa_async_suspended
= 0;
1713 spa
->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded
= B_FALSE
;
1715 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
) {
1716 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_comment
);
1717 spa
->spa_comment
= NULL
;
1719 if (spa
->spa_compatibility
!= NULL
) {
1720 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_compatibility
);
1721 spa
->spa_compatibility
= NULL
;
1724 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, spa
);
1728 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
1729 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1730 * 'spa_spares.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1731 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1734 spa_load_spares(spa_t
*spa
)
1743 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1744 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1746 * As spare vdevs are shared among open pools, we skip loading
1747 * them when we load the checkpointed state of the pool.
1749 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1753 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
1756 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
1758 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1759 vd
= spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
1761 /* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
1762 if ((tvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, vd
->vdev_guid
,
1763 B_FALSE
)) != NULL
&& tvd
->vdev_isspare
)
1764 spa_spare_remove(tvd
);
1769 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
)
1770 kmem_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
,
1771 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1773 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
== NULL
)
1776 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
1777 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) == 0);
1779 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
= (int)nspares
;
1780 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1786 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
1787 * process. For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
1788 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
1789 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
1790 * configuration (if it's spared in). During this phase we open and
1791 * validate each vdev on the spare list. If the vdev also exists in the
1792 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
1794 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= kmem_zalloc(nspares
* sizeof (void *),
1796 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1797 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, spares
[i
], NULL
, 0,
1798 VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE
) == 0);
1801 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
] = vd
;
1803 if ((tvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, vd
->vdev_guid
,
1804 B_FALSE
)) != NULL
) {
1805 if (!tvd
->vdev_isspare
)
1809 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
1810 * able to load the vdev. Otherwise, importing a pool
1811 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
1812 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
1813 * is actively in use.
1815 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
1816 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
1817 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise). Given
1818 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
1819 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
1821 if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd
))
1822 spa_spare_activate(tvd
);
1826 vd
->vdev_aux
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
1828 if (vdev_open(vd
) != 0)
1831 if (vdev_validate_aux(vd
) == 0)
1836 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
1839 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
1840 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
1842 spares
= kmem_alloc(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *),
1844 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1845 spares
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
,
1846 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
], B_TRUE
, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE
);
1847 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
1848 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
) == 0);
1849 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1850 nvlist_free(spares
[i
]);
1851 kmem_free(spares
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1855 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
1856 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1857 * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1858 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1859 * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
1863 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
)
1865 nvlist_t
**l2cache
= NULL
;
1867 int i
, j
, oldnvdevs
;
1869 vdev_t
*vd
, **oldvdevs
, **newvdevs
;
1870 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_l2cache
;
1874 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1875 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1877 * As L2 caches are part of the ARC which is shared among open
1878 * pools, we skip loading them when we load the checkpointed
1879 * state of the pool.
1881 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1885 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
1887 oldvdevs
= sav
->sav_vdevs
;
1888 oldnvdevs
= sav
->sav_count
;
1889 sav
->sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1892 if (sav
->sav_config
== NULL
) {
1898 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
1899 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0);
1900 newvdevs
= kmem_alloc(nl2cache
* sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP
);
1903 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
1905 for (i
= 0; i
< nl2cache
; i
++) {
1906 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
1910 for (j
= 0; j
< oldnvdevs
; j
++) {
1912 if (vd
!= NULL
&& guid
== vd
->vdev_guid
) {
1914 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
1922 if (newvdevs
[i
] == NULL
) {
1926 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, l2cache
[i
], NULL
, 0,
1927 VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE
) == 0);
1932 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
1933 * even if it fails to open.
1935 spa_l2cache_add(vd
);
1940 spa_l2cache_activate(vd
);
1942 if (vdev_open(vd
) != 0)
1945 (void) vdev_validate_aux(vd
);
1947 if (!vdev_is_dead(vd
))
1948 l2arc_add_vdev(spa
, vd
);
1951 * Upon cache device addition to a pool or pool
1952 * creation with a cache device or if the header
1953 * of the device is invalid we issue an async
1954 * TRIM command for the whole device which will
1955 * execute if l2arc_trim_ahead > 0.
1957 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_TRIM
);
1961 sav
->sav_vdevs
= newvdevs
;
1962 sav
->sav_count
= (int)nl2cache
;
1965 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
1966 * information this time.
1968 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav
->sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
1969 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
1971 if (sav
->sav_count
> 0)
1972 l2cache
= kmem_alloc(sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *),
1974 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
1975 l2cache
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
,
1976 sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
], B_TRUE
, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
1977 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
1978 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, sav
->sav_count
) == 0);
1982 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
1984 for (i
= 0; i
< oldnvdevs
; i
++) {
1989 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_isl2cache
);
1991 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd
->vdev_guid
, &pool
) &&
1992 pool
!= 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd
))
1993 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd
);
1994 vdev_clear_stats(vd
);
2000 kmem_free(oldvdevs
, oldnvdevs
* sizeof (void *));
2002 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
2003 nvlist_free(l2cache
[i
]);
2005 kmem_free(l2cache
, sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
2009 load_nvlist(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t obj
, nvlist_t
**value
)
2012 char *packed
= NULL
;
2017 error
= dmu_bonus_hold(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, FTAG
, &db
);
2021 nvsize
= *(uint64_t *)db
->db_data
;
2022 dmu_buf_rele(db
, FTAG
);
2024 packed
= vmem_alloc(nvsize
, KM_SLEEP
);
2025 error
= dmu_read(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, 0, nvsize
, packed
,
2028 error
= nvlist_unpack(packed
, nvsize
, value
, 0);
2029 vmem_free(packed
, nvsize
);
2035 * Concrete top-level vdevs that are not missing and are not logs. At every
2036 * spa_sync we write new uberblocks to at least SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS core tvds.
2039 spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t
*spa
)
2041 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2044 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< rvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
2045 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[i
];
2048 if (vdev_is_concrete(vd
) && !vdev_is_dead(vd
))
2056 * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
2057 * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
2060 spa_check_removed(vdev_t
*vd
)
2062 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
2063 spa_check_removed(vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
2065 if (vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
&& vdev_is_dead(vd
) &&
2066 vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
2067 zfs_post_autoreplace(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
);
2068 spa_event_notify(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK
);
2073 spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2075 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2078 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
2079 * diagnostic information about missing log devices.
2080 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
2082 if (!(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG
)) {
2083 nvlist_t
**child
, *nv
;
2086 child
= kmem_alloc(rvd
->vdev_children
* sizeof (nvlist_t
*),
2088 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
2090 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2091 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2094 * We consider a device as missing only if it failed
2095 * to open (i.e. offline or faulted is not considered
2098 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
&&
2099 tvd
->vdev_state
== VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
2100 child
[idx
++] = vdev_config_generate(spa
, tvd
,
2101 B_FALSE
, VDEV_CONFIG_MISSING
);
2106 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv
,
2107 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
, child
, idx
);
2108 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2109 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES
, nv
);
2111 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< idx
; i
++)
2112 nvlist_free(child
[i
]);
2115 kmem_free(child
, rvd
->vdev_children
* sizeof (char **));
2118 spa_load_failed(spa
, "some log devices are missing");
2119 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
2120 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
2123 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2124 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2126 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
&&
2127 tvd
->vdev_state
== VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
2128 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
2129 spa_load_note(spa
, "some log devices are "
2130 "missing, ZIL is dropped.");
2131 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
2141 * Check for missing log devices
2144 spa_check_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2146 boolean_t rv
= B_FALSE
;
2147 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
2149 switch (spa
->spa_log_state
) {
2152 case SPA_LOG_MISSING
:
2153 /* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
2154 case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN
:
2155 rv
= (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp
, dp
->dp_root_dir_obj
,
2156 zil_check_log_chain
, NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
) != 0);
2158 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_MISSING
);
2165 * Passivate any log vdevs (note, does not apply to embedded log metaslabs).
2168 spa_passivate_log(spa_t
*spa
)
2170 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2171 boolean_t slog_found
= B_FALSE
;
2173 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALLOC
, RW_WRITER
));
2175 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2176 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2178 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
) {
2179 ASSERT3P(tvd
->vdev_log_mg
, ==, NULL
);
2180 metaslab_group_passivate(tvd
->vdev_mg
);
2181 slog_found
= B_TRUE
;
2185 return (slog_found
);
2189 * Activate any log vdevs (note, does not apply to embedded log metaslabs).
2192 spa_activate_log(spa_t
*spa
)
2194 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2196 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALLOC
, RW_WRITER
));
2198 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2199 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2201 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
) {
2202 ASSERT3P(tvd
->vdev_log_mg
, ==, NULL
);
2203 metaslab_group_activate(tvd
->vdev_mg
);
2209 spa_reset_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2213 error
= dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa
), zil_reset
,
2214 NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
2217 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
2218 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
2221 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
2227 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
)
2229 for (int i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
2230 spa_check_removed(sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]);
2234 spa_claim_notify(zio_t
*zio
)
2236 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
2241 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
); /* any mutex will do */
2242 if (spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
< zio
->io_bp
->blk_birth
)
2243 spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
= zio
->io_bp
->blk_birth
;
2244 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
2247 typedef struct spa_load_error
{
2248 uint64_t sle_meta_count
;
2249 uint64_t sle_data_count
;
2253 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t
*zio
)
2255 blkptr_t
*bp
= zio
->io_bp
;
2256 spa_load_error_t
*sle
= zio
->io_private
;
2257 dmu_object_type_t type
= BP_GET_TYPE(bp
);
2258 int error
= zio
->io_error
;
2259 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
2261 abd_free(zio
->io_abd
);
2263 if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp
) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type
)) &&
2264 type
!= DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG
)
2265 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_meta_count
);
2267 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_data_count
);
2270 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2271 spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
-= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
);
2272 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_scrub_io_cv
);
2273 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2277 * Maximum number of inflight bytes is the log2 fraction of the arc size.
2278 * By default, we set it to 1/16th of the arc.
2280 int spa_load_verify_shift
= 4;
2281 int spa_load_verify_metadata
= B_TRUE
;
2282 int spa_load_verify_data
= B_TRUE
;
2286 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t
*spa
, zilog_t
*zilog
, const blkptr_t
*bp
,
2287 const zbookmark_phys_t
*zb
, const dnode_phys_t
*dnp
, void *arg
)
2289 if (zb
->zb_level
== ZB_DNODE_LEVEL
|| BP_IS_HOLE(bp
) ||
2290 BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp
) || BP_IS_REDACTED(bp
))
2293 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
2294 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set. However, it may be useful
2295 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
2297 if (!spa_load_verify_metadata
)
2299 if (!BP_IS_METADATA(bp
) && !spa_load_verify_data
)
2302 uint64_t maxinflight_bytes
=
2303 arc_target_bytes() >> spa_load_verify_shift
;
2305 size_t size
= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
);
2307 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2308 while (spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
>= maxinflight_bytes
)
2309 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_scrub_io_cv
, &spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2310 spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
+= size
;
2311 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2313 zio_nowait(zio_read(rio
, spa
, bp
, abd_alloc_for_io(size
, B_FALSE
), size
,
2314 spa_load_verify_done
, rio
->io_private
, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB
,
2315 ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
| ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
|
2316 ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB
| ZIO_FLAG_RAW
, zb
));
2322 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t
*dp
, dsl_dataset_t
*ds
, void *arg
)
2324 if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds
) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
)
2325 return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG
));
2331 spa_load_verify(spa_t
*spa
)
2334 spa_load_error_t sle
= { 0 };
2335 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
2336 boolean_t verify_ok
= B_FALSE
;
2339 zpool_get_load_policy(spa
->spa_config
, &policy
);
2341 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND
)
2344 dsl_pool_config_enter(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, FTAG
);
2345 error
= dmu_objset_find_dp(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
,
2346 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_root_dir_obj
, verify_dataset_name_len
, NULL
,
2348 dsl_pool_config_exit(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, FTAG
);
2352 rio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, &sle
,
2353 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
);
2355 if (spa_load_verify_metadata
) {
2356 if (spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
) {
2357 spa_load_note(spa
, "performing a complete scan of the "
2358 "pool since extreme rewind is on. This may take "
2359 "a very long time.\n (spa_load_verify_data=%u, "
2360 "spa_load_verify_metadata=%u)",
2361 spa_load_verify_data
, spa_load_verify_metadata
);
2364 error
= traverse_pool(spa
, spa
->spa_verify_min_txg
,
2365 TRAVERSE_PRE
| TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA
|
2366 TRAVERSE_NO_DECRYPT
, spa_load_verify_cb
, rio
);
2369 (void) zio_wait(rio
);
2370 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
);
2372 spa
->spa_load_meta_errors
= sle
.sle_meta_count
;
2373 spa
->spa_load_data_errors
= sle
.sle_data_count
;
2375 if (sle
.sle_meta_count
!= 0 || sle
.sle_data_count
!= 0) {
2376 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_load_verify found %llu metadata errors "
2377 "and %llu data errors", (u_longlong_t
)sle
.sle_meta_count
,
2378 (u_longlong_t
)sle
.sle_data_count
);
2381 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun
||
2382 (!error
&& sle
.sle_meta_count
<= policy
.zlp_maxmeta
&&
2383 sle
.sle_data_count
<= policy
.zlp_maxdata
)) {
2387 spa
->spa_load_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
2388 spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
;
2390 loss
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts
- spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
;
2391 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2392 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME
, spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
) == 0);
2393 VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2394 ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME
, loss
) == 0);
2395 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2396 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS
, sle
.sle_data_count
) == 0);
2398 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
2401 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun
)
2405 if (error
!= ENXIO
&& error
!= EIO
)
2406 error
= SET_ERROR(EIO
);
2410 return (verify_ok
? 0 : EIO
);
2414 * Find a value in the pool props object.
2417 spa_prop_find(spa_t
*spa
, zpool_prop_t prop
, uint64_t *val
)
2419 (void) zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
2420 zpool_prop_to_name(prop
), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val
);
2424 * Find a value in the pool directory object.
2427 spa_dir_prop(spa_t
*spa
, const char *name
, uint64_t *val
, boolean_t log_enoent
)
2429 int error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
2430 name
, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val
);
2432 if (error
!= 0 && (error
!= ENOENT
|| log_enoent
)) {
2433 spa_load_failed(spa
, "couldn't get '%s' value in MOS directory "
2434 "[error=%d]", name
, error
);
2441 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t
*vdev
, vdev_aux_t aux
, int err
)
2443 vdev_set_state(vdev
, B_TRUE
, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
, aux
);
2444 return (SET_ERROR(err
));
2448 spa_livelist_delete_check(spa_t
*spa
)
2450 return (spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
!= 0);
2455 spa_livelist_delete_cb_check(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2458 return (spa_livelist_delete_check(spa
));
2462 delete_blkptr_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2465 zio_free(spa
, tx
->tx_txg
, bp
);
2466 dsl_dir_diduse_space(tx
->tx_pool
->dp_free_dir
, DD_USED_HEAD
,
2467 -bp_get_dsize_sync(spa
, bp
),
2468 -BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
), -BP_GET_UCSIZE(bp
), tx
);
2473 dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(objset_t
*os
, uint64_t zap_obj
, uint64_t *llp
)
2478 zap_cursor_init(&zc
, os
, zap_obj
);
2479 err
= zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
);
2480 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
2482 *llp
= za
.za_first_integer
;
2487 * Components of livelist deletion that must be performed in syncing
2488 * context: freeing block pointers and updating the pool-wide data
2489 * structures to indicate how much work is left to do
2491 typedef struct sublist_delete_arg
{
2496 } sublist_delete_arg_t
;
2499 sublist_delete_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2501 sublist_delete_arg_t
*sda
= arg
;
2502 spa_t
*spa
= sda
->spa
;
2503 dsl_deadlist_t
*ll
= sda
->ll
;
2504 uint64_t key
= sda
->key
;
2505 bplist_t
*to_free
= sda
->to_free
;
2507 bplist_iterate(to_free
, delete_blkptr_cb
, spa
, tx
);
2508 dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll
, key
, tx
);
2511 typedef struct livelist_delete_arg
{
2515 } livelist_delete_arg_t
;
2518 livelist_delete_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2520 livelist_delete_arg_t
*lda
= arg
;
2521 spa_t
*spa
= lda
->spa
;
2522 uint64_t ll_obj
= lda
->ll_obj
;
2523 uint64_t zap_obj
= lda
->zap_obj
;
2524 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
2527 /* free the livelist and decrement the feature count */
2528 VERIFY0(zap_remove_int(mos
, zap_obj
, ll_obj
, tx
));
2529 dsl_deadlist_free(mos
, ll_obj
, tx
);
2530 spa_feature_decr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LIVELIST
, tx
);
2531 VERIFY0(zap_count(mos
, zap_obj
, &count
));
2533 /* no more livelists to delete */
2534 VERIFY0(zap_remove(mos
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
2535 DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES
, tx
));
2536 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(mos
, zap_obj
, tx
));
2537 spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
= 0;
2538 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
2543 * Load in the value for the livelist to be removed and open it. Then,
2544 * load its first sublist and determine which block pointers should actually
2545 * be freed. Then, call a synctask which performs the actual frees and updates
2546 * the pool-wide livelist data.
2550 spa_livelist_delete_cb(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2553 uint64_t ll_obj
= 0, count
;
2554 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
2555 uint64_t zap_obj
= spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
;
2557 * Determine the next livelist to delete. This function should only
2558 * be called if there is at least one deleted clone.
2560 VERIFY0(dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(mos
, zap_obj
, &ll_obj
));
2561 VERIFY0(zap_count(mos
, ll_obj
, &count
));
2564 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*dle
;
2566 ll
= kmem_zalloc(sizeof (dsl_deadlist_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
2567 dsl_deadlist_open(ll
, mos
, ll_obj
);
2568 dle
= dsl_deadlist_first(ll
);
2569 ASSERT3P(dle
, !=, NULL
);
2570 bplist_create(&to_free
);
2571 int err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&dle
->dle_bpobj
, &to_free
,
2574 sublist_delete_arg_t sync_arg
= {
2577 .key
= dle
->dle_mintxg
,
2580 zfs_dbgmsg("deleting sublist (id %llu) from"
2581 " livelist %llu, %lld remaining",
2582 (u_longlong_t
)dle
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
,
2583 (u_longlong_t
)ll_obj
, (longlong_t
)count
- 1);
2584 VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa
), NULL
,
2585 sublist_delete_sync
, &sync_arg
, 0,
2586 ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY
));
2588 VERIFY3U(err
, ==, EINTR
);
2590 bplist_clear(&to_free
);
2591 bplist_destroy(&to_free
);
2592 dsl_deadlist_close(ll
);
2593 kmem_free(ll
, sizeof (dsl_deadlist_t
));
2595 livelist_delete_arg_t sync_arg
= {
2600 zfs_dbgmsg("deletion of livelist %llu completed",
2601 (u_longlong_t
)ll_obj
);
2602 VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa
), NULL
, livelist_delete_sync
,
2603 &sync_arg
, 0, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY
));
2608 spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa_t
*spa
)
2610 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2611 spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
=
2612 zthr_create("z_livelist_destroy",
2613 spa_livelist_delete_cb_check
, spa_livelist_delete_cb
, spa
);
2616 typedef struct livelist_new_arg
{
2619 } livelist_new_arg_t
;
2622 livelist_track_new_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
2626 livelist_new_arg_t
*lna
= arg
;
2628 bplist_append(lna
->frees
, bp
);
2630 bplist_append(lna
->allocs
, bp
);
2631 zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc
++;
2636 typedef struct livelist_condense_arg
{
2639 uint64_t first_size
;
2641 } livelist_condense_arg_t
;
2644 spa_livelist_condense_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2646 livelist_condense_arg_t
*lca
= arg
;
2647 spa_t
*spa
= lca
->spa
;
2649 dsl_dataset_t
*ds
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
;
2651 /* Have we been cancelled? */
2652 if (spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
) {
2653 zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel
++;
2657 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*first
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
;
2658 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*next
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
;
2659 dsl_deadlist_t
*ll
= &ds
->ds_dir
->dd_livelist
;
2662 * It's possible that the livelist was changed while the zthr was
2663 * running. Therefore, we need to check for new blkptrs in the two
2664 * entries being condensed and continue to track them in the livelist.
2665 * Because of the way we handle remapped blkptrs (see dbuf_remap_impl),
2666 * it's possible that the newly added blkptrs are FREEs or ALLOCs so
2667 * we need to sort them into two different bplists.
2669 uint64_t first_obj
= first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
;
2670 uint64_t next_obj
= next
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
;
2671 uint64_t cur_first_size
= first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
;
2672 uint64_t cur_next_size
= next
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
;
2674 bplist_create(&new_frees
);
2675 livelist_new_arg_t new_bps
= {
2676 .allocs
= &lca
->to_keep
,
2677 .frees
= &new_frees
,
2680 if (cur_first_size
> lca
->first_size
) {
2681 VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&first
->dle_bpobj
,
2682 livelist_track_new_cb
, &new_bps
, lca
->first_size
));
2684 if (cur_next_size
> lca
->next_size
) {
2685 VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&next
->dle_bpobj
,
2686 livelist_track_new_cb
, &new_bps
, lca
->next_size
));
2689 dsl_deadlist_clear_entry(first
, ll
, tx
);
2690 ASSERT(bpobj_is_empty(&first
->dle_bpobj
));
2691 dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll
, next
->dle_mintxg
, tx
);
2693 bplist_iterate(&lca
->to_keep
, dsl_deadlist_insert_alloc_cb
, ll
, tx
);
2694 bplist_iterate(&new_frees
, dsl_deadlist_insert_free_cb
, ll
, tx
);
2695 bplist_destroy(&new_frees
);
2697 char dsname
[ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
];
2698 dsl_dataset_name(ds
, dsname
);
2699 zfs_dbgmsg("txg %llu condensing livelist of %s (id %llu), bpobj %llu "
2700 "(%llu blkptrs) and bpobj %llu (%llu blkptrs) -> bpobj %llu "
2701 "(%llu blkptrs)", (u_longlong_t
)tx
->tx_txg
, dsname
,
2702 (u_longlong_t
)ds
->ds_object
, (u_longlong_t
)first_obj
,
2703 (u_longlong_t
)cur_first_size
, (u_longlong_t
)next_obj
,
2704 (u_longlong_t
)cur_next_size
,
2705 (u_longlong_t
)first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
,
2706 (u_longlong_t
)first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
);
2708 dmu_buf_rele(ds
->ds_dbuf
, spa
);
2709 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2710 bplist_clear(&lca
->to_keep
);
2711 bplist_destroy(&lca
->to_keep
);
2712 kmem_free(lca
, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
));
2713 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_FALSE
;
2717 spa_livelist_condense_cb(void *arg
, zthr_t
*t
)
2719 while (zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause
&&
2720 !(zthr_has_waiters(t
) || zthr_iscancelled(t
)))
2724 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*first
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
;
2725 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*next
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
;
2726 uint64_t first_size
, next_size
;
2728 livelist_condense_arg_t
*lca
=
2729 kmem_alloc(sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
2730 bplist_create(&lca
->to_keep
);
2733 * Process the livelists (matching FREEs and ALLOCs) in open context
2734 * so we have minimal work in syncing context to condense.
2736 * We save bpobj sizes (first_size and next_size) to use later in
2737 * syncing context to determine if entries were added to these sublists
2738 * while in open context. This is possible because the clone is still
2739 * active and open for normal writes and we want to make sure the new,
2740 * unprocessed blockpointers are inserted into the livelist normally.
2742 * Note that dsl_process_sub_livelist() both stores the size number of
2743 * blockpointers and iterates over them while the bpobj's lock held, so
2744 * the sizes returned to us are consistent which what was actually
2747 int err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&first
->dle_bpobj
, &lca
->to_keep
, t
,
2750 err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&next
->dle_bpobj
, &lca
->to_keep
,
2754 while (zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause
&&
2755 !(zthr_has_waiters(t
) || zthr_iscancelled(t
)))
2758 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
2759 dmu_tx_mark_netfree(tx
);
2760 dmu_tx_hold_space(tx
, 1);
2761 err
= dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_NOWAIT
| TXG_NOTHROTTLE
);
2764 * Prevent the condense zthr restarting before
2765 * the synctask completes.
2767 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_TRUE
;
2769 lca
->first_size
= first_size
;
2770 lca
->next_size
= next_size
;
2771 dsl_sync_task_nowait(spa_get_dsl(spa
),
2772 spa_livelist_condense_sync
, lca
, tx
);
2778 * Condensing can not continue: either it was externally stopped or
2779 * we were unable to assign to a tx because the pool has run out of
2780 * space. In the second case, we'll just end up trying to condense
2781 * again in a later txg.
2784 bplist_clear(&lca
->to_keep
);
2785 bplist_destroy(&lca
->to_keep
);
2786 kmem_free(lca
, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
));
2787 dmu_buf_rele(spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
->ds_dbuf
, spa
);
2788 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2790 zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel
++;
2795 * Check that there is something to condense but that a condense is not
2796 * already in progress and that condensing has not been cancelled.
2799 spa_livelist_condense_cb_check(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2802 if ((spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
!= NULL
) &&
2803 (spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
== B_FALSE
) &&
2804 (spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
== B_FALSE
)) {
2811 spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa_t
*spa
)
2813 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2814 spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
= NULL
;
2815 spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
= NULL
;
2816 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_FALSE
;
2817 spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
= B_FALSE
;
2819 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2820 spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
=
2821 zthr_create("z_livelist_condense",
2822 spa_livelist_condense_cb_check
,
2823 spa_livelist_condense_cb
, spa
);
2827 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t
*spa
)
2829 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
2831 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
2833 spa_start_indirect_condensing_thread(spa
);
2834 spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa
);
2835 spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa
);
2837 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2838 spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
=
2839 zthr_create("z_checkpoint_discard",
2840 spa_checkpoint_discard_thread_check
,
2841 spa_checkpoint_discard_thread
, spa
);
2845 * Fix up config after a partly-completed split. This is done with the
2846 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist. Both the splitting pool and the split-off
2847 * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
2848 * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
2850 * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
2851 * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process. To attempt
2852 * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
2853 * we do a reopen() call. If the vdev label for every disk that was
2854 * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2855 * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
2857 * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
2858 * the original pool.
2861 spa_try_repair(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
2868 boolean_t attempt_reopen
;
2870 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, &nvl
) != 0)
2873 /* check that the config is complete */
2874 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST
,
2875 &glist
, &gcount
) != 0)
2878 vd
= kmem_zalloc(gcount
* sizeof (vdev_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
2880 /* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
2881 attempt_reopen
= B_TRUE
;
2882 for (i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++) {
2883 if (glist
[i
] == 0) /* vdev is hole */
2886 vd
[i
] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, glist
[i
], B_FALSE
);
2887 if (vd
[i
] == NULL
) {
2889 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
2890 * just do the split.
2892 attempt_reopen
= B_FALSE
;
2894 /* attempt to re-online it */
2895 vd
[i
]->vdev_offline
= B_FALSE
;
2899 if (attempt_reopen
) {
2900 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
2902 /* check each device to see what state it's in */
2903 for (extracted
= 0, i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++) {
2904 if (vd
[i
] != NULL
&&
2905 vd
[i
]->vdev_stat
.vs_aux
!= VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL
)
2912 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
2913 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
2916 if (!attempt_reopen
|| gcount
== extracted
) {
2917 for (i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++)
2920 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
2923 kmem_free(vd
, gcount
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
2927 spa_load(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
, spa_import_type_t type
)
2929 char *ereport
= FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL
;
2932 spa
->spa_load_state
= state
;
2933 (void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa
),
2934 spa_load_state(spa
));
2936 gethrestime(&spa
->spa_loaded_ts
);
2937 error
= spa_load_impl(spa
, type
, &ereport
);
2940 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
2941 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
2943 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
2944 spa
->spa_minref
= zfs_refcount_count(&spa
->spa_refcount
);
2946 if (error
!= EEXIST
) {
2947 spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_sec
= 0;
2948 spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_nsec
= 0;
2950 if (error
!= EBADF
) {
2951 (void) zfs_ereport_post(ereport
, spa
,
2952 NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
2955 spa
->spa_load_state
= error
? SPA_LOAD_ERROR
: SPA_LOAD_NONE
;
2958 (void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa
),
2959 spa_load_state(spa
));
2966 * Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the
2967 * vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the
2968 * spa's per-vdev ZAP list.
2971 vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t
*vd
)
2973 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
2976 if (vd
->vdev_top_zap
!= 0) {
2978 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
2979 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_top_zap
));
2981 if (vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
!= 0) {
2983 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
2984 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
));
2987 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
2988 total
+= vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd
->vdev_child
[i
]);
2996 * Determine whether the activity check is required.
2999 spa_activity_check_required(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
, nvlist_t
*label
,
3003 uint64_t hostid
= 0;
3004 uint64_t tryconfig_txg
= 0;
3005 uint64_t tryconfig_timestamp
= 0;
3006 uint16_t tryconfig_mmp_seq
= 0;
3009 if (nvlist_exists(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
)) {
3010 nvinfo
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
);
3011 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
,
3013 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP
,
3014 &tryconfig_timestamp
);
3015 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint16(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ
,
3016 &tryconfig_mmp_seq
);
3019 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, &state
);
3022 * Disable the MMP activity check - This is used by zdb which
3023 * is intended to be used on potentially active pools.
3025 if (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP
)
3029 * Skip the activity check when the MMP feature is disabled.
3031 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
== 0)
3035 * If the tryconfig_ values are nonzero, they are the results of an
3036 * earlier tryimport. If they all match the uberblock we just found,
3037 * then the pool has not changed and we return false so we do not test
3040 if (tryconfig_txg
&& tryconfig_txg
== ub
->ub_txg
&&
3041 tryconfig_timestamp
&& tryconfig_timestamp
== ub
->ub_timestamp
&&
3042 tryconfig_mmp_seq
&& tryconfig_mmp_seq
==
3043 (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0))
3047 * Allow the activity check to be skipped when importing the pool
3048 * on the same host which last imported it. Since the hostid from
3049 * configuration may be stale use the one read from the label.
3051 if (nvlist_exists(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
))
3052 hostid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
);
3054 if (hostid
== spa_get_hostid(spa
))
3058 * Skip the activity test when the pool was cleanly exported.
3060 if (state
!= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
)
3067 * Nanoseconds the activity check must watch for changes on-disk.
3070 spa_activity_check_duration(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
)
3072 uint64_t import_intervals
= MAX(zfs_multihost_import_intervals
, 1);
3073 uint64_t multihost_interval
= MSEC2NSEC(
3074 MMP_INTERVAL_OK(zfs_multihost_interval
));
3075 uint64_t import_delay
= MAX(NANOSEC
, import_intervals
*
3076 multihost_interval
);
3079 * Local tunables determine a minimum duration except for the case
3080 * where we know when the remote host will suspend the pool if MMP
3081 * writes do not land.
3083 * See Big Theory comment at the top of mmp.c for the reasoning behind
3084 * these cases and times.
3087 ASSERT(MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR
>= 100);
3089 if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub
) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub
) &&
3090 MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) > 0) {
3092 /* MMP on remote host will suspend pool after failed writes */
3093 import_delay
= MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) * MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub
)) *
3094 MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR
/ 100;
3096 zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals>0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
3097 "mmp_fails=%llu ub_mmp mmp_interval=%llu "
3098 "import_intervals=%llu", (u_longlong_t
)import_delay
,
3099 (u_longlong_t
)MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
),
3100 (u_longlong_t
)MMP_INTERVAL(ub
),
3101 (u_longlong_t
)import_intervals
);
3103 } else if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub
) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub
) &&
3104 MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) == 0) {
3106 /* MMP on remote host will never suspend pool */
3107 import_delay
= MAX(import_delay
, (MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub
)) +
3108 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
) * import_intervals
);
3110 zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals=0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
3111 "mmp_interval=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
3112 "import_intervals=%llu", (u_longlong_t
)import_delay
,
3113 (u_longlong_t
)MMP_INTERVAL(ub
),
3114 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_mmp_delay
,
3115 (u_longlong_t
)import_intervals
);
3117 } else if (MMP_VALID(ub
)) {
3119 * zfs-0.7 compatibility case
3122 import_delay
= MAX(import_delay
, (multihost_interval
+
3123 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
) * import_intervals
);
3125 zfs_dbgmsg("import_delay=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
3126 "import_intervals=%llu leaves=%u",
3127 (u_longlong_t
)import_delay
,
3128 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_mmp_delay
,
3129 (u_longlong_t
)import_intervals
,
3130 vdev_count_leaves(spa
));
3132 /* Using local tunings is the only reasonable option */
3133 zfs_dbgmsg("pool last imported on non-MMP aware "
3134 "host using import_delay=%llu multihost_interval=%llu "
3135 "import_intervals=%llu", (u_longlong_t
)import_delay
,
3136 (u_longlong_t
)multihost_interval
,
3137 (u_longlong_t
)import_intervals
);
3140 return (import_delay
);
3144 * Perform the import activity check. If the user canceled the import or
3145 * we detected activity then fail.
3148 spa_activity_check(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
, nvlist_t
*config
)
3150 uint64_t txg
= ub
->ub_txg
;
3151 uint64_t timestamp
= ub
->ub_timestamp
;
3152 uint64_t mmp_config
= ub
->ub_mmp_config
;
3153 uint16_t mmp_seq
= MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0;
3154 uint64_t import_delay
;
3155 hrtime_t import_expire
;
3156 nvlist_t
*mmp_label
= NULL
;
3157 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3162 cv_init(&cv
, NULL
, CV_DEFAULT
, NULL
);
3163 mutex_init(&mtx
, NULL
, MUTEX_DEFAULT
, NULL
);
3167 * If ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG is present an activity check was performed
3168 * during the earlier tryimport. If the txg recorded there is 0 then
3169 * the pool is known to be active on another host.
3171 * Otherwise, the pool might be in use on another host. Check for
3172 * changes in the uberblocks on disk if necessary.
3174 if (nvlist_exists(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
)) {
3175 nvlist_t
*nvinfo
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
3176 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
);
3178 if (nvlist_exists(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
) &&
3179 fnvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
) == 0) {
3180 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &mmp_label
);
3181 error
= SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO
);
3186 import_delay
= spa_activity_check_duration(spa
, ub
);
3188 /* Add a small random factor in case of simultaneous imports (0-25%) */
3189 import_delay
+= import_delay
* random_in_range(250) / 1000;
3191 import_expire
= gethrtime() + import_delay
;
3193 while (gethrtime() < import_expire
) {
3194 (void) spa_import_progress_set_mmp_check(spa_guid(spa
),
3195 NSEC2SEC(import_expire
- gethrtime()));
3197 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &mmp_label
);
3199 if (txg
!= ub
->ub_txg
|| timestamp
!= ub
->ub_timestamp
||
3200 mmp_seq
!= (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0)) {
3201 zfs_dbgmsg("multihost activity detected "
3202 "txg %llu ub_txg %llu "
3203 "timestamp %llu ub_timestamp %llu "
3204 "mmp_config %#llx ub_mmp_config %#llx",
3205 (u_longlong_t
)txg
, (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_txg
,
3206 (u_longlong_t
)timestamp
,
3207 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_timestamp
,
3208 (u_longlong_t
)mmp_config
,
3209 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_mmp_config
);
3211 error
= SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO
);
3216 nvlist_free(mmp_label
);
3220 error
= cv_timedwait_sig(&cv
, &mtx
, ddi_get_lbolt() + hz
);
3222 error
= SET_ERROR(EINTR
);
3230 mutex_destroy(&mtx
);
3234 * If the pool is determined to be active store the status in the
3235 * spa->spa_load_info nvlist. If the remote hostname or hostid are
3236 * available from configuration read from disk store them as well.
3237 * This allows 'zpool import' to generate a more useful message.
3239 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE - observed pool status (mandatory)
3240 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME - hostname from the active pool
3241 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID - hostid from the active pool
3243 if (error
== EREMOTEIO
) {
3244 char *hostname
= "<unknown>";
3245 uint64_t hostid
= 0;
3248 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
)) {
3249 hostname
= fnvlist_lookup_string(mmp_label
,
3250 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
);
3251 fnvlist_add_string(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3252 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME
, hostname
);
3255 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
)) {
3256 hostid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mmp_label
,
3257 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
);
3258 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3259 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID
, hostid
);
3263 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3264 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_ACTIVE
);
3265 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3266 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
, 0);
3268 error
= spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
);
3272 nvlist_free(mmp_label
);
3278 spa_verify_host(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*mos_config
)
3282 uint64_t myhostid
= 0;
3284 if (!spa_is_root(spa
) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
,
3285 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
, &hostid
) == 0) {
3286 hostname
= fnvlist_lookup_string(mos_config
,
3287 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
);
3289 myhostid
= zone_get_hostid(NULL
);
3291 if (hostid
!= 0 && myhostid
!= 0 && hostid
!= myhostid
) {
3292 cmn_err(CE_WARN
, "pool '%s' could not be "
3293 "loaded as it was last accessed by "
3294 "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%llx). "
3295 "See: https://openzfs.github.io/openzfs-docs/msg/"
3297 spa_name(spa
), hostname
, (u_longlong_t
)hostid
);
3298 spa_load_failed(spa
, "hostid verification failed: pool "
3299 "last accessed by host: %s (hostid: 0x%llx)",
3300 hostname
, (u_longlong_t
)hostid
);
3301 return (SET_ERROR(EBADF
));
3309 spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3312 nvlist_t
*nvtree
, *nvl
, *config
= spa
->spa_config
;
3317 char *compatibility
;
3320 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
3321 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
3323 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
3324 &spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
) != 0)
3325 spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
= SPA_VERSION_INITIAL
;
3327 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
, &pool_guid
)) {
3328 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
3329 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
);
3330 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
3334 * If we are doing an import, ensure that the pool is not already
3335 * imported by checking if its pool guid already exists in the
3338 * The only case that we allow an already imported pool to be
3339 * imported again, is when the pool is checkpointed and we want to
3340 * look at its checkpointed state from userland tools like zdb.
3343 if ((spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
3344 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) &&
3345 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid
, 0)) {
3347 if ((spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
3348 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) &&
3349 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid
, 0) &&
3350 !spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa
)) {
3352 spa_load_failed(spa
, "a pool with guid %llu is already open",
3353 (u_longlong_t
)pool_guid
);
3354 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
3357 spa
->spa_config_guid
= pool_guid
;
3359 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_load_info
);
3360 spa
->spa_load_info
= fnvlist_alloc();
3362 ASSERT(spa
->spa_comment
== NULL
);
3363 if (nvlist_lookup_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT
, &comment
) == 0)
3364 spa
->spa_comment
= spa_strdup(comment
);
3366 ASSERT(spa
->spa_compatibility
== NULL
);
3367 if (nvlist_lookup_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMPATIBILITY
,
3368 &compatibility
) == 0)
3369 spa
->spa_compatibility
= spa_strdup(compatibility
);
3371 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
,
3372 &spa
->spa_config_txg
);
3374 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, &nvl
) == 0)
3375 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= fnvlist_dup(nvl
);
3377 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvtree
)) {
3378 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
3379 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
3380 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
3384 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
3386 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= kmem_alloc(max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *),
3388 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++) {
3389 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
3390 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
|
3391 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER
);
3395 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree. We explicitly set the
3396 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
3397 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
3399 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3400 parse
= (type
== SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
?
3401 VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD
: VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT
);
3402 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &rvd
, nvtree
, NULL
, 0, parse
);
3403 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3406 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to parse config [error=%d]",
3411 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== rvd
);
3412 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_min_ashift
, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT
);
3413 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_max_ashift
, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT
);
3415 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
3416 ASSERT(spa_guid(spa
) == pool_guid
);
3423 * Recursively open all vdevs in the vdev tree. This function is called twice:
3424 * first with the untrusted config, then with the trusted config.
3427 spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
)
3432 * spa_missing_tvds_allowed defines how many top-level vdevs can be
3433 * missing/unopenable for the root vdev to be still considered openable.
3435 if (spa
->spa_trust_config
) {
3436 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds
;
3437 } else if (spa
->spa_config_source
== SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
) {
3438 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile
;
3439 } else if (spa
->spa_config_source
== SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN
) {
3440 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan
;
3442 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= 0;
3445 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
=
3446 MAX(zfs_max_missing_tvds
, spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
);
3448 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3449 error
= vdev_open(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
3450 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3452 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0) {
3453 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev tree has %lld missing top-level "
3454 "vdevs.", (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_missing_tvds
);
3455 if (spa
->spa_trust_config
&& (spa
->spa_mode
& SPA_MODE_WRITE
)) {
3457 * Although theoretically we could allow users to open
3458 * incomplete pools in RW mode, we'd need to add a lot
3459 * of extra logic (e.g. adjust pool space to account
3460 * for missing vdevs).
3461 * This limitation also prevents users from accidentally
3462 * opening the pool in RW mode during data recovery and
3463 * damaging it further.
3465 spa_load_note(spa
, "pools with missing top-level "
3466 "vdevs can only be opened in read-only mode.");
3467 error
= SET_ERROR(ENXIO
);
3469 spa_load_note(spa
, "current settings allow for maximum "
3470 "%lld missing top-level vdevs at this stage.",
3471 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
);
3475 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to open vdev tree [error=%d]",
3478 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0 || error
!= 0)
3479 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, 2);
3485 * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
3486 * we have in hand. This function is called twice: first with an untrusted
3487 * config, then with a trusted config. The validation is more strict when the
3488 * config is trusted.
3491 spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
)
3494 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3496 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3497 error
= vdev_validate(rvd
);
3498 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3501 spa_load_failed(spa
, "vdev_validate failed [error=%d]", error
);
3505 if (rvd
->vdev_state
<= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
3506 spa_load_failed(spa
, "cannot open vdev tree after invalidating "
3508 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3509 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
3516 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
)
3518 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
;
3519 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
3520 spa
->spa_verify_min_txg
= spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
?
3521 TXG_INITIAL
- 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE
- 1;
3522 spa
->spa_first_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
?
3523 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
: spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) + 1;
3524 spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
= spa
->spa_first_txg
;
3525 spa
->spa_prev_software_version
= ub
->ub_software_version
;
3529 spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3531 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3533 uberblock_t
*ub
= &spa
->spa_uberblock
;
3534 boolean_t activity_check
= B_FALSE
;
3537 * If we are opening the checkpointed state of the pool by
3538 * rewinding to it, at this point we will have written the
3539 * checkpointed uberblock to the vdev labels, so searching
3540 * the labels will find the right uberblock. However, if
3541 * we are opening the checkpointed state read-only, we have
3542 * not modified the labels. Therefore, we must ignore the
3543 * labels and continue using the spa_uberblock that was set
3544 * by spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind.
3546 * Note that it would be fine to ignore the labels when
3547 * rewinding (opening writeable) as well. However, if we
3548 * crash just after writing the labels, we will end up
3549 * searching the labels. Doing so in the common case means
3550 * that this code path gets exercised normally, rather than
3551 * just in the edge case.
3553 if (ub
->ub_checkpoint_txg
!= 0 &&
3554 spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa
)) {
3555 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa
, ub
);
3560 * Find the best uberblock.
3562 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &label
);
3565 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
3567 if (ub
->ub_txg
== 0) {
3569 spa_load_failed(spa
, "no valid uberblock found");
3570 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, ENXIO
));
3573 if (spa
->spa_load_max_txg
!= UINT64_MAX
) {
3574 (void) spa_import_progress_set_max_txg(spa_guid(spa
),
3575 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_load_max_txg
);
3577 spa_load_note(spa
, "using uberblock with txg=%llu",
3578 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_txg
);
3582 * For pools which have the multihost property on determine if the
3583 * pool is truly inactive and can be safely imported. Prevent
3584 * hosts which don't have a hostid set from importing the pool.
3586 activity_check
= spa_activity_check_required(spa
, ub
, label
,
3588 if (activity_check
) {
3589 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
&&
3590 spa_get_hostid(spa
) == 0) {
3592 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3593 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID
);
3594 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
));
3597 int error
= spa_activity_check(spa
, ub
, spa
->spa_config
);
3603 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3604 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_INACTIVE
);
3605 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3606 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
, ub
->ub_txg
);
3607 fnvlist_add_uint16(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3608 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ
,
3609 (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0));
3613 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
3615 if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub
->ub_version
)) {
3617 spa_load_failed(spa
, "version %llu is not supported",
3618 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_version
);
3619 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER
, ENOTSUP
));
3622 if (ub
->ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3626 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
3627 * MOS in the label, return failure.
3629 if (label
== NULL
) {
3630 spa_load_failed(spa
, "label config unavailable");
3631 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
3635 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ
,
3638 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid label: '%s' missing",
3639 ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ
);
3640 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
3645 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
3648 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_label_features
);
3649 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features
, &spa
->spa_label_features
, 0) == 0);
3655 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
3656 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
3657 * cannot open a pool.
3659 if (ub
->ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3660 nvlist_t
*unsup_feat
;
3662 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) ==
3665 for (nvpair_t
*nvp
= nvlist_next_nvpair(spa
->spa_label_features
,
3667 nvp
= nvlist_next_nvpair(spa
->spa_label_features
, nvp
)) {
3668 if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp
))) {
3669 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat
,
3670 nvpair_name(nvp
), "") == 0);
3674 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat
)) {
3675 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3676 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT
, unsup_feat
) == 0);
3677 nvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3678 spa_load_failed(spa
, "some features are unsupported");
3679 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
3683 nvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3686 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
&& spa
->spa_config_splitting
) {
3687 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3688 spa_try_repair(spa
, spa
->spa_config
);
3689 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3690 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_splitting
);
3691 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
3695 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
3697 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa
, ub
);
3703 spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa_t
*spa
)
3706 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3708 error
= dsl_pool_init(spa
, spa
->spa_first_txg
, &spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
3710 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to open rootbp in dsl_pool_init "
3711 "[error=%d]", error
);
3712 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3714 spa
->spa_meta_objset
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_meta_objset
;
3720 spa_ld_trusted_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
3721 boolean_t reloading
)
3723 vdev_t
*mrvd
, *rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3724 nvlist_t
*nv
, *mos_config
, *policy
;
3725 int error
= 0, copy_error
;
3726 uint64_t healthy_tvds
, healthy_tvds_mos
;
3727 uint64_t mos_config_txg
;
3729 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_CONFIG
, &spa
->spa_config_object
, B_TRUE
)
3731 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3734 * If we're assembling a pool from a split, the config provided is
3735 * already trusted so there is nothing to do.
3737 if (type
== SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
)
3740 healthy_tvds
= spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa
);
3742 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, &mos_config
)
3744 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
3745 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3749 * If we are doing an open, pool owner wasn't verified yet, thus do
3750 * the verification here.
3752 if (spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_OPEN
) {
3753 error
= spa_verify_host(spa
, mos_config
);
3755 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3760 nv
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
3762 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3765 * Build a new vdev tree from the trusted config
3767 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &mrvd
, nv
, NULL
, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD
);
3769 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3770 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3771 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_config_parse failed [error=%d]",
3773 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
3777 * Vdev paths in the MOS may be obsolete. If the untrusted config was
3778 * obtained by scanning /dev/dsk, then it will have the right vdev
3779 * paths. We update the trusted MOS config with this information.
3780 * We first try to copy the paths with vdev_copy_path_strict, which
3781 * succeeds only when both configs have exactly the same vdev tree.
3782 * If that fails, we fall back to a more flexible method that has a
3783 * best effort policy.
3785 copy_error
= vdev_copy_path_strict(rvd
, mrvd
);
3786 if (copy_error
!= 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree
) {
3787 spa_load_note(spa
, "provided vdev tree:");
3788 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3789 spa_load_note(spa
, "MOS vdev tree:");
3790 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(mrvd
, 2);
3792 if (copy_error
!= 0) {
3793 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev_copy_path_strict failed, falling "
3794 "back to vdev_copy_path_relaxed");
3795 vdev_copy_path_relaxed(rvd
, mrvd
);
3800 spa
->spa_root_vdev
= mrvd
;
3802 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3805 * We will use spa_config if we decide to reload the spa or if spa_load
3806 * fails and we rewind. We must thus regenerate the config using the
3807 * MOS information with the updated paths. ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY is used to
3808 * pass settings on how to load the pool and is not stored in the MOS.
3809 * We copy it over to our new, trusted config.
3811 mos_config_txg
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
,
3812 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
);
3813 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3814 mos_config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, mos_config_txg
, B_FALSE
);
3815 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa
->spa_config
, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY
,
3817 fnvlist_add_nvlist(mos_config
, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY
, policy
);
3818 spa_config_set(spa
, mos_config
);
3819 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_MOS
;
3822 * Now that we got the config from the MOS, we should be more strict
3823 * in checking blkptrs and can make assumptions about the consistency
3824 * of the vdev tree. spa_trust_config must be set to true before opening
3825 * vdevs in order for them to be writeable.
3827 spa
->spa_trust_config
= B_TRUE
;
3830 * Open and validate the new vdev tree
3832 error
= spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa
);
3836 error
= spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa
);
3840 if (copy_error
!= 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree
) {
3841 spa_load_note(spa
, "final vdev tree:");
3842 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3845 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
&&
3846 !spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
&& zfs_max_missing_tvds
== 0) {
3848 * Sanity check to make sure that we are indeed loading the
3849 * latest uberblock. If we missed SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS tvds
3850 * in the config provided and they happened to be the only ones
3851 * to have the latest uberblock, we could involuntarily perform
3852 * an extreme rewind.
3854 healthy_tvds_mos
= spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa
);
3855 if (healthy_tvds_mos
- healthy_tvds
>=
3856 SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
) {
3857 spa_load_note(spa
, "config provided misses too many "
3858 "top-level vdevs compared to MOS (%lld vs %lld). ",
3859 (u_longlong_t
)healthy_tvds
,
3860 (u_longlong_t
)healthy_tvds_mos
);
3861 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev tree:");
3862 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3864 spa_load_failed(spa
, "config was already "
3865 "provided from MOS. Aborting.");
3866 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
,
3867 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3869 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa must be reloaded using MOS "
3871 return (SET_ERROR(EAGAIN
));
3875 error
= spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa
);
3877 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM
, ENXIO
));
3879 if (rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
!= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_guid_sum
) {
3880 spa_load_failed(spa
, "uberblock guid sum doesn't match MOS "
3881 "guid sum (%llu != %llu)",
3882 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_guid_sum
,
3883 (u_longlong_t
)rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
);
3884 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM
,
3892 spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
3895 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3898 * Everything that we read before spa_remove_init() must be stored
3899 * on concreted vdevs. Therefore we do this as early as possible.
3901 error
= spa_remove_init(spa
);
3903 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_remove_init failed [error=%d]",
3905 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3909 * Retrieve information needed to condense indirect vdev mappings.
3911 error
= spa_condense_init(spa
);
3913 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_condense_init failed [error=%d]",
3915 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
3922 spa_ld_check_features(spa_t
*spa
, boolean_t
*missing_feat_writep
)
3925 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3927 if (spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3928 boolean_t missing_feat_read
= B_FALSE
;
3929 nvlist_t
*unsup_feat
, *enabled_feat
;
3931 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ
,
3932 &spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3933 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3936 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE
,
3937 &spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3938 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3941 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS
,
3942 &spa
->spa_feat_desc_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3943 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3946 enabled_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
3947 unsup_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
3949 if (!spa_features_check(spa
, B_FALSE
,
3950 unsup_feat
, enabled_feat
))
3951 missing_feat_read
= B_TRUE
;
3953 if (spa_writeable(spa
) ||
3954 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
3955 if (!spa_features_check(spa
, B_TRUE
,
3956 unsup_feat
, enabled_feat
)) {
3957 *missing_feat_writep
= B_TRUE
;
3961 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3962 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT
, enabled_feat
);
3964 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat
)) {
3965 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3966 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT
, unsup_feat
);
3969 fnvlist_free(enabled_feat
);
3970 fnvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3972 if (!missing_feat_read
) {
3973 fnvlist_add_boolean(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3974 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY
);
3978 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
3979 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
3980 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
3981 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
3982 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
3983 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
3984 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
3985 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
3986 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
3987 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
3988 * available for open in read-only mode.
3990 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
3991 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
3992 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
3993 * userland in order to know whether to display the
3994 * abovementioned note.
3996 if (missing_feat_read
|| (*missing_feat_writep
&&
3997 spa_writeable(spa
))) {
3998 spa_load_failed(spa
, "pool uses unsupported features");
3999 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
4004 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
4005 * cache during SPA initialization.
4007 for (spa_feature_t i
= 0; i
< SPA_FEATURES
; i
++) {
4010 error
= feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa
,
4011 &spa_feature_table
[i
], &refcount
);
4013 spa
->spa_feat_refcount_cache
[i
] = refcount
;
4014 } else if (error
== ENOTSUP
) {
4015 spa
->spa_feat_refcount_cache
[i
] =
4016 SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED
;
4018 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error getting refcount "
4019 "for feature %s [error=%d]",
4020 spa_feature_table
[i
].fi_guid
, error
);
4021 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
,
4022 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4027 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG
)) {
4028 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG
,
4029 &spa
->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
4030 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4034 * Encryption was added before bookmark_v2, even though bookmark_v2
4035 * is now a dependency. If this pool has encryption enabled without
4036 * bookmark_v2, trigger an errata message.
4038 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION
) &&
4039 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_BOOKMARK_V2
)) {
4040 spa
->spa_errata
= ZPOOL_ERRATA_ZOL_8308_ENCRYPTION
;
4047 spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa_t
*spa
)
4050 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4052 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_TRUE
;
4053 error
= dsl_pool_open(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4054 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_FALSE
;
4056 spa_load_failed(spa
, "dsl_pool_open failed [error=%d]", error
);
4057 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4064 spa_ld_get_props(spa_t
*spa
)
4068 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4070 /* Grab the checksum salt from the MOS. */
4071 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
4072 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
, 1,
4073 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
),
4074 spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
);
4075 if (error
== ENOENT
) {
4076 /* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
4077 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
,
4078 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
));
4079 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4080 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve checksum salt from "
4081 "MOS [error=%d]", error
);
4082 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4085 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ
, &obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
4086 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4087 error
= bpobj_open(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
);
4089 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error opening deferred-frees bpobj "
4090 "[error=%d]", error
);
4091 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4095 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
4096 * (raid-z deflation). If we have an older pool, this will not
4099 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
, &spa
->spa_deflate
, B_FALSE
);
4100 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4101 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4103 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION
,
4104 &spa
->spa_creation_version
, B_FALSE
);
4105 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4106 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4109 * Load the persistent error log. If we have an older pool, this will
4112 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST
, &spa
->spa_errlog_last
,
4114 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4115 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4117 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB
,
4118 &spa
->spa_errlog_scrub
, B_FALSE
);
4119 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4120 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4123 * Load the livelist deletion field. If a livelist is queued for
4124 * deletion, indicate that in the spa
4126 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES
,
4127 &spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
, B_FALSE
);
4128 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4129 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4132 * Load the history object. If we have an older pool, this
4133 * will not be present.
4135 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_HISTORY
, &spa
->spa_history
, B_FALSE
);
4136 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4137 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4140 * Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not
4141 * be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to
4142 * avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See
4143 * spa_sync_config_object.
4146 /* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */
4147 nvlist_t
*mos_config
;
4148 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, &mos_config
) != 0) {
4149 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
4150 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4153 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
,
4154 &spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, B_FALSE
);
4156 if (error
== ENOENT
) {
4157 VERIFY(!nvlist_exists(mos_config
,
4158 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
));
4159 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE
;
4160 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
));
4161 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4162 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4163 } else if (!nvlist_exists(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
)) {
4165 * An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so
4166 * we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their
4167 * destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object.
4169 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY
;
4171 * We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created
4172 * before this. Better be sure of it.
4174 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
));
4176 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
4178 spa
->spa_delegation
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
);
4180 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_PROPS
, &spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
4182 if (error
&& error
!= ENOENT
)
4183 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4186 uint64_t autoreplace
= 0;
4188 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
, &spa
->spa_bootfs
);
4189 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE
, &autoreplace
);
4190 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
, &spa
->spa_delegation
);
4191 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
, &spa
->spa_failmode
);
4192 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
, &spa
->spa_autoexpand
);
4193 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
, &spa
->spa_multihost
);
4194 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
, &spa
->spa_autotrim
);
4195 spa
->spa_autoreplace
= (autoreplace
!= 0);
4199 * If we are importing a pool with missing top-level vdevs,
4200 * we enforce that the pool doesn't panic or get suspended on
4201 * error since the likelihood of missing data is extremely high.
4203 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
> 0 &&
4204 spa
->spa_failmode
!= ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE
&&
4205 spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4206 spa_load_note(spa
, "forcing failmode to 'continue' "
4207 "as some top level vdevs are missing");
4208 spa
->spa_failmode
= ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE
;
4215 spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
4218 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4221 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
4222 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
4227 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
4229 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_SPARES
, &spa
->spa_spares
.sav_object
,
4231 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4232 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4233 if (error
== 0 && type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4234 ASSERT(spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES
);
4235 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_object
,
4236 &spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) != 0) {
4237 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error loading spares nvlist");
4238 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4241 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4242 spa_load_spares(spa
);
4243 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4244 } else if (error
== 0) {
4245 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
4249 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
4251 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE
,
4252 &spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_object
, B_FALSE
);
4253 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4254 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4255 if (error
== 0 && type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4256 ASSERT(spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE
);
4257 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_object
,
4258 &spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) != 0) {
4259 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error loading l2cache nvlist");
4260 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4263 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4264 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
4265 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4266 } else if (error
== 0) {
4267 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
4274 spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
4277 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4280 * If the 'multihost' property is set, then never allow a pool to
4281 * be imported when the system hostid is zero. The exception to
4282 * this rule is zdb which is always allowed to access pools.
4284 if (spa_multihost(spa
) && spa_get_hostid(spa
) == 0 &&
4285 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP
) == 0) {
4286 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4287 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID
);
4288 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
));
4292 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
4293 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
4294 * devices. We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
4295 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
4298 if (spa
->spa_autoreplace
&& spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4299 spa_check_removed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4301 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
4302 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
4303 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
4305 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
) {
4306 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_spares
);
4307 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_l2cache
);
4312 * Load the vdev metadata such as metaslabs, DTLs, spacemap object, etc.
4314 error
= vdev_load(rvd
);
4316 spa_load_failed(spa
, "vdev_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
4317 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
4320 error
= spa_ld_log_spacemaps(spa
);
4322 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_ld_log_sm_data failed [error=%d]",
4324 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
4328 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the vdev tree.
4330 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4331 vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd
, 0, 0, B_FALSE
, B_FALSE
);
4332 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4338 spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa_t
*spa
)
4341 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4343 error
= ddt_load(spa
);
4345 spa_load_failed(spa
, "ddt_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
4346 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4353 spa_ld_verify_logs(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
)
4355 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4357 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
&& spa_writeable(spa
)) {
4358 boolean_t missing
= spa_check_logs(spa
);
4360 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0) {
4361 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_check_logs failed "
4362 "so dropping the logs");
4364 *ereport
= FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY
;
4365 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_check_logs failed");
4366 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG
,
4376 spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa_t
*spa
)
4379 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4382 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
4383 * to start pushing transactions.
4385 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4386 error
= spa_load_verify(spa
);
4388 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_load_verify failed "
4389 "[error=%d]", error
);
4390 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
4399 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa_t
*spa
)
4402 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
4405 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
4406 * This must all happen in a single txg.
4407 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
4408 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
4409 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
4411 spa
->spa_claiming
= B_TRUE
;
4413 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, spa_first_txg(spa
));
4414 (void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp
, dp
->dp_root_dir_obj
,
4415 zil_claim
, tx
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
4418 spa
->spa_claiming
= B_FALSE
;
4420 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_GOOD
);
4424 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t config_cache_txg
,
4425 boolean_t update_config_cache
)
4427 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4428 int need_update
= B_FALSE
;
4431 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
4432 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
4434 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
4435 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
4437 if (update_config_cache
|| config_cache_txg
!= spa
->spa_config_txg
||
4438 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
4439 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
||
4440 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM
))
4441 need_update
= B_TRUE
;
4443 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
4444 if (rvd
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ms_array
== 0)
4445 need_update
= B_TRUE
;
4448 * Update the config cache asynchronously in case we're the
4449 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
4452 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
4456 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa_t
*spa
)
4458 spa_mode_t mode
= spa
->spa_mode
;
4459 int async_suspended
= spa
->spa_async_suspended
;
4462 spa_deactivate(spa
);
4463 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
4466 * We save the value of spa_async_suspended as it gets reset to 0 by
4467 * spa_unload(). We want to restore it back to the original value before
4468 * returning as we might be calling spa_async_resume() later.
4470 spa
->spa_async_suspended
= async_suspended
;
4474 spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa_t
*spa
)
4476 uberblock_t checkpoint
;
4479 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_checkpoint_txg
);
4480 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4482 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
4483 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
, sizeof (uint64_t),
4484 sizeof (uberblock_t
) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint
);
4486 if (error
== ENOENT
)
4492 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, !=, 0);
4493 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_checkpoint_txg
, !=, 0);
4494 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
, !=, 0);
4495 spa
->spa_checkpoint_txg
= checkpoint
.ub_txg
;
4496 spa
->spa_checkpoint_info
.sci_timestamp
= checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
;
4502 spa_ld_mos_init(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
4506 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4507 ASSERT(spa
->spa_config_source
!= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE
);
4510 * Never trust the config that is provided unless we are assembling
4511 * a pool following a split.
4512 * This means don't trust blkptrs and the vdev tree in general. This
4513 * also effectively puts the spa in read-only mode since
4514 * spa_writeable() checks for spa_trust_config to be true.
4515 * We will later load a trusted config from the MOS.
4517 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
)
4518 spa
->spa_trust_config
= B_FALSE
;
4521 * Parse the config provided to create a vdev tree.
4523 error
= spa_ld_parse_config(spa
, type
);
4527 spa_import_progress_add(spa
);
4530 * Now that we have the vdev tree, try to open each vdev. This involves
4531 * opening the underlying physical device, retrieving its geometry and
4532 * probing the vdev with a dummy I/O. The state of each vdev will be set
4533 * based on the success of those operations. After this we'll be ready
4534 * to read from the vdevs.
4536 error
= spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa
);
4541 * Read the label of each vdev and make sure that the GUIDs stored
4542 * there match the GUIDs in the config provided.
4543 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
4544 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
4545 * validation for now.
4547 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4548 error
= spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa
);
4554 * Read all vdev labels to find the best uberblock (i.e. latest,
4555 * unless spa_load_max_txg is set) and store it in spa_uberblock. We
4556 * get the list of features required to read blkptrs in the MOS from
4557 * the vdev label with the best uberblock and verify that our version
4558 * of zfs supports them all.
4560 error
= spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa
, type
);
4565 * Pass that uberblock to the dsl_pool layer which will open the root
4566 * blkptr. This blkptr points to the latest version of the MOS and will
4567 * allow us to read its contents.
4569 error
= spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa
);
4577 spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa_t
*spa
)
4579 uberblock_t checkpoint
;
4582 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4583 ASSERT(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4585 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
4586 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
, sizeof (uint64_t),
4587 sizeof (uberblock_t
) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint
);
4590 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve checkpointed "
4591 "uberblock from the MOS config [error=%d]", error
);
4593 if (error
== ENOENT
)
4594 error
= ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT
;
4599 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, <, spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
);
4600 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, ==, checkpoint
.ub_checkpoint_txg
);
4603 * We need to update the txg and timestamp of the checkpointed
4604 * uberblock to be higher than the latest one. This ensures that
4605 * the checkpointed uberblock is selected if we were to close and
4606 * reopen the pool right after we've written it in the vdev labels.
4607 * (also see block comment in vdev_uberblock_compare)
4609 checkpoint
.ub_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
+ 1;
4610 checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
= gethrestime_sec();
4613 * Set current uberblock to be the checkpointed uberblock.
4615 spa
->spa_uberblock
= checkpoint
;
4618 * If we are doing a normal rewind, then the pool is open for
4619 * writing and we sync the "updated" checkpointed uberblock to
4620 * disk. Once this is done, we've basically rewound the whole
4621 * pool and there is no way back.
4623 * There are cases when we don't want to attempt and sync the
4624 * checkpointed uberblock to disk because we are opening a
4625 * pool as read-only. Specifically, verifying the checkpointed
4626 * state with zdb, and importing the checkpointed state to get
4627 * a "preview" of its content.
4629 if (spa_writeable(spa
)) {
4630 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4632 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4633 vdev_t
*svd
[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
] = { NULL
};
4635 int children
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
4636 int c0
= random_in_range(children
);
4638 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
4639 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[(c0
+ c
) % children
];
4641 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
4642 if (c
> 0 && svd
[0] == vd
)
4645 if (vd
->vdev_ms_array
== 0 || vd
->vdev_islog
||
4646 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
4649 svd
[svdcount
++] = vd
;
4650 if (svdcount
== SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
)
4653 error
= vdev_config_sync(svd
, svdcount
, spa
->spa_first_txg
);
4655 spa
->spa_last_synced_guid
= rvd
->vdev_guid
;
4656 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4659 spa_load_failed(spa
, "failed to write checkpointed "
4660 "uberblock to the vdev labels [error=%d]", error
);
4669 spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
4670 boolean_t
*update_config_cache
)
4675 * Parse the config for pool, open and validate vdevs,
4676 * select an uberblock, and use that uberblock to open
4679 error
= spa_ld_mos_init(spa
, type
);
4684 * Retrieve the trusted config stored in the MOS and use it to create
4685 * a new, exact version of the vdev tree, then reopen all vdevs.
4687 error
= spa_ld_trusted_config(spa
, type
, B_FALSE
);
4688 if (error
== EAGAIN
) {
4689 if (update_config_cache
!= NULL
)
4690 *update_config_cache
= B_TRUE
;
4693 * Redo the loading process with the trusted config if it is
4694 * too different from the untrusted config.
4696 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa
);
4697 spa_load_note(spa
, "RELOADING");
4698 error
= spa_ld_mos_init(spa
, type
);
4702 error
= spa_ld_trusted_config(spa
, type
, B_TRUE
);
4706 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4714 * Load an existing storage pool, using the config provided. This config
4715 * describes which vdevs are part of the pool and is later validated against
4716 * partial configs present in each vdev's label and an entire copy of the
4717 * config stored in the MOS.
4720 spa_load_impl(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
)
4723 boolean_t missing_feat_write
= B_FALSE
;
4724 boolean_t checkpoint_rewind
=
4725 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4726 boolean_t update_config_cache
= B_FALSE
;
4728 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4729 ASSERT(spa
->spa_config_source
!= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE
);
4731 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADING");
4733 error
= spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa
, type
, &update_config_cache
);
4738 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint then we need to repeat
4739 * everything we've done so far in this function but this time
4740 * selecting the checkpointed uberblock and using that to open
4743 if (checkpoint_rewind
) {
4745 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint update config cache
4748 update_config_cache
= B_TRUE
;
4751 * Extract the checkpointed uberblock from the current MOS
4752 * and use this as the pool's uberblock from now on. If the
4753 * pool is imported as writeable we also write the checkpoint
4754 * uberblock to the labels, making the rewind permanent.
4756 error
= spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa
);
4761 * Redo the loading process again with the
4762 * checkpointed uberblock.
4764 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa
);
4765 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADING checkpointed uberblock");
4766 error
= spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa
, type
, NULL
);
4772 * Retrieve the checkpoint txg if the pool has a checkpoint.
4774 error
= spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa
);
4779 * Retrieve the mapping of indirect vdevs. Those vdevs were removed
4780 * from the pool and their contents were re-mapped to other vdevs. Note
4781 * that everything that we read before this step must have been
4782 * rewritten on concrete vdevs after the last device removal was
4783 * initiated. Otherwise we could be reading from indirect vdevs before
4784 * we have loaded their mappings.
4786 error
= spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa
);
4791 * Retrieve the full list of active features from the MOS and check if
4792 * they are all supported.
4794 error
= spa_ld_check_features(spa
, &missing_feat_write
);
4799 * Load several special directories from the MOS needed by the dsl_pool
4802 error
= spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa
);
4807 * Retrieve pool properties from the MOS.
4809 error
= spa_ld_get_props(spa
);
4814 * Retrieve the list of auxiliary devices - cache devices and spares -
4817 error
= spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa
, type
);
4822 * Load the metadata for all vdevs. Also check if unopenable devices
4823 * should be autoreplaced.
4825 error
= spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa
);
4829 error
= spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa
);
4834 * Verify the logs now to make sure we don't have any unexpected errors
4835 * when we claim log blocks later.
4837 error
= spa_ld_verify_logs(spa
, type
, ereport
);
4841 if (missing_feat_write
) {
4842 ASSERT(spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
);
4845 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
4846 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
4847 * information and can return to userland.
4849 return (spa_vdev_err(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
4854 * Traverse the last txgs to make sure the pool was left off in a safe
4855 * state. When performing an extreme rewind, we verify the whole pool,
4856 * which can take a very long time.
4858 error
= spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa
);
4863 * Calculate the deflated space for the pool. This must be done before
4864 * we write anything to the pool because we'd need to update the space
4865 * accounting using the deflated sizes.
4867 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
4870 * We have now retrieved all the information we needed to open the
4871 * pool. If we are importing the pool in read-write mode, a few
4872 * additional steps must be performed to finish the import.
4874 if (spa_writeable(spa
) && (spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
||
4875 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
== UINT64_MAX
)) {
4876 uint64_t config_cache_txg
= spa
->spa_config_txg
;
4878 ASSERT(spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
);
4881 * In case of a checkpoint rewind, log the original txg
4882 * of the checkpointed uberblock.
4884 if (checkpoint_rewind
) {
4885 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "checkpoint rewind",
4886 NULL
, "rewound state to txg=%llu",
4887 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_checkpoint_txg
);
4891 * Traverse the ZIL and claim all blocks.
4893 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa
);
4896 * Kick-off the syncing thread.
4898 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_TRUE
;
4899 txg_sync_start(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4900 mmp_thread_start(spa
);
4903 * Wait for all claims to sync. We sync up to the highest
4904 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
4905 * don't appear to be from the future. spa_claim_max_txg
4906 * will have been set for us by ZIL traversal operations
4909 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
);
4912 * Check if we need to request an update of the config. On the
4913 * next sync, we would update the config stored in vdev labels
4914 * and the cachefile (by default /etc/zfs/zpool.cache).
4916 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa
, config_cache_txg
,
4917 update_config_cache
);
4920 * Check if a rebuild was in progress and if so resume it.
4921 * Then check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
4922 * The resilver will be deferred if a rebuild was started.
4924 if (vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) {
4925 vdev_rebuild_restart(spa
);
4926 } else if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
) &&
4927 vdev_resilver_needed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, NULL
, NULL
)) {
4928 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER
);
4932 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
4933 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
4935 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "open", NULL
);
4937 spa_restart_removal(spa
);
4938 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa
);
4941 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
4944 * Since we may be issuing deletes for clones here,
4945 * we make sure to do so after we've spawned all the
4946 * auxiliary threads above (from which the livelist
4947 * deletion zthr is part of).
4949 (void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa
),
4950 dsl_destroy_inconsistent
, NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
4953 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
4955 dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4957 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
4958 vdev_initialize_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4959 vdev_trim_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4960 vdev_autotrim_restart(spa
);
4961 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
4964 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
4965 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD
);
4967 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADED");
4973 spa_load_retry(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
)
4975 spa_mode_t mode
= spa
->spa_mode
;
4978 spa_deactivate(spa
);
4980 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
- 1;
4982 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
4983 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
4985 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_load_retry: rewind, max txg: %llu",
4986 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_load_max_txg
);
4988 return (spa_load(spa
, state
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
));
4992 * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
4993 * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
4994 * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
4995 * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
4999 spa_load_best(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
, uint64_t max_request
,
5002 nvlist_t
*loadinfo
= NULL
;
5003 nvlist_t
*config
= NULL
;
5004 int load_error
, rewind_error
;
5005 uint64_t safe_rewind_txg
;
5008 if (spa
->spa_load_txg
&& state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5009 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
;
5010 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
5012 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= max_request
;
5013 if (max_request
!= UINT64_MAX
)
5014 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
5017 load_error
= rewind_error
= spa_load(spa
, state
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
);
5018 if (load_error
== 0)
5020 if (load_error
== ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT
) {
5022 * When attempting checkpoint-rewind on a pool with no
5023 * checkpoint, we should not attempt to load uberblocks
5024 * from previous txgs when spa_load fails.
5026 ASSERT(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
5027 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5028 return (load_error
);
5031 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
)
5032 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
5034 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
5035 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
;
5037 if (rewind_flags
& ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND
) {
5038 nvlist_free(config
);
5039 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5040 return (load_error
);
5043 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5044 /* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
5045 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
5048 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
5049 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
5052 loadinfo
= spa
->spa_load_info
;
5053 spa
->spa_load_info
= fnvlist_alloc();
5056 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
;
5057 safe_rewind_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
- TXG_DEFER_SIZE
;
5058 min_txg
= (rewind_flags
& ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND
) ?
5059 TXG_INITIAL
: safe_rewind_txg
;
5062 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
5063 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
5065 while (rewind_error
&& spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
>= min_txg
&&
5066 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
<= spa
->spa_load_max_txg
) {
5067 if (spa
->spa_load_max_txg
< safe_rewind_txg
)
5068 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
5069 rewind_error
= spa_load_retry(spa
, state
);
5072 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_FALSE
;
5073 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= UINT64_MAX
;
5075 if (config
&& (rewind_error
|| state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
))
5076 spa_config_set(spa
, config
);
5078 nvlist_free(config
);
5080 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5081 ASSERT3P(loadinfo
, ==, NULL
);
5082 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5083 return (rewind_error
);
5085 /* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
5086 fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO
,
5087 spa
->spa_load_info
);
5089 /* Restore the initial load info */
5090 fnvlist_free(spa
->spa_load_info
);
5091 spa
->spa_load_info
= loadinfo
;
5093 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5094 return (load_error
);
5101 * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
5102 * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache. For the
5103 * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
5104 * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
5106 * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
5107 * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
5111 spa_open_common(const char *pool
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
, nvlist_t
*nvpolicy
,
5115 spa_load_state_t state
= SPA_LOAD_OPEN
;
5117 int locked
= B_FALSE
;
5118 int firstopen
= B_FALSE
;
5123 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
5124 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
5125 * up calling spa_open() again. The real fix is to figure out how to
5126 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
5128 if (MUTEX_NOT_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
)) {
5129 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5133 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(pool
)) == NULL
) {
5135 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5136 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
5139 if (spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
5140 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
5144 zpool_get_load_policy(nvpolicy
? nvpolicy
: spa
->spa_config
,
5146 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_DO_REWIND
)
5147 state
= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
;
5149 spa_activate(spa
, spa_mode_global
);
5151 if (state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
)
5152 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5153 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
;
5155 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_open_common: opening %s", pool
);
5156 error
= spa_load_best(spa
, state
, policy
.zlp_txg
,
5159 if (error
== EBADF
) {
5161 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
5162 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
5163 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed. If
5164 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
5165 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
5168 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5169 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
);
5172 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5173 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
5178 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
5179 * information: the state of each vdev after the
5180 * attempted vdev_open(). Return this to the user.
5182 if (config
!= NULL
&& spa
->spa_config
) {
5183 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa
->spa_config
, config
,
5185 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config
,
5186 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5187 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
5190 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5191 spa
->spa_last_open_failed
= error
;
5193 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5199 spa_open_ref(spa
, tag
);
5202 *config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
5205 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
5206 * gathered while doing the load.
5208 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5209 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5210 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
5214 spa
->spa_last_open_failed
= 0;
5215 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= 0;
5216 spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5217 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5221 zvol_create_minors_recursive(spa_name(spa
));
5229 spa_open_rewind(const char *name
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
, nvlist_t
*policy
,
5232 return (spa_open_common(name
, spapp
, tag
, policy
, config
));
5236 spa_open(const char *name
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
)
5238 return (spa_open_common(name
, spapp
, tag
, NULL
, NULL
));
5242 * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
5243 * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
5246 spa_inject_addref(char *name
)
5250 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5251 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(name
)) == NULL
) {
5252 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5255 spa
->spa_inject_ref
++;
5256 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5262 spa_inject_delref(spa_t
*spa
)
5264 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5265 spa
->spa_inject_ref
--;
5266 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5270 * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
5273 spa_add_spares(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5283 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5285 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
== 0)
5288 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
5289 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvroot
) == 0);
5290 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5291 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) == 0);
5293 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5294 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, nspares
) == 0);
5295 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5296 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) == 0);
5299 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
5300 * repurposed as an active spare. If this is the case, update
5301 * their status appropriately.
5303 for (i
= 0; i
< nspares
; i
++) {
5304 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares
[i
],
5305 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
, &guid
) == 0);
5306 if (spa_spare_exists(guid
, &pool
, NULL
) &&
5308 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(
5309 spares
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS
,
5310 (uint64_t **)&vs
, &vsc
) == 0);
5311 vs
->vs_state
= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
;
5312 vs
->vs_aux
= VDEV_AUX_SPARED
;
5319 * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
5322 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5325 uint_t i
, j
, nl2cache
;
5332 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5334 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
== 0)
5337 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
5338 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvroot
) == 0);
5339 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5340 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0);
5341 if (nl2cache
!= 0) {
5342 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5343 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, nl2cache
) == 0);
5344 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5345 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0);
5348 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
5351 for (i
= 0; i
< nl2cache
; i
++) {
5352 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache
[i
],
5353 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
, &guid
) == 0);
5356 for (j
= 0; j
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; j
++) {
5358 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[j
]->vdev_guid
) {
5359 vd
= spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[j
];
5365 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache
[i
],
5366 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS
, (uint64_t **)&vs
, &vsc
)
5368 vdev_get_stats(vd
, vs
);
5369 vdev_config_generate_stats(vd
, l2cache
[i
]);
5376 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*features
)
5381 if (spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
!= 0) {
5382 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5383 spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
);
5384 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
5385 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
5386 ASSERT(za
.za_integer_length
== sizeof (uint64_t) &&
5387 za
.za_num_integers
== 1);
5388 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, za
.za_name
,
5389 za
.za_first_integer
));
5391 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
5394 if (spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
!= 0) {
5395 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5396 spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
);
5397 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
5398 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
5399 ASSERT(za
.za_integer_length
== sizeof (uint64_t) &&
5400 za
.za_num_integers
== 1);
5401 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, za
.za_name
,
5402 za
.za_first_integer
));
5404 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
5409 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*features
)
5413 for (i
= 0; i
< SPA_FEATURES
; i
++) {
5414 zfeature_info_t feature
= spa_feature_table
[i
];
5417 if (feature_get_refcount(spa
, &feature
, &refcount
) != 0)
5420 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, feature
.fi_guid
, refcount
));
5425 * Store a list of pool features and their reference counts in the
5428 * The first time this is called on a spa, allocate a new nvlist, fetch
5429 * the pool features and reference counts from disk, then save the list
5430 * in the spa. In subsequent calls on the same spa use the saved nvlist
5431 * and refresh its values from the cached reference counts. This
5432 * ensures we don't block here on I/O on a suspended pool so 'zpool
5433 * clear' can resume the pool.
5436 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5440 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5442 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_feat_stats_lock
);
5443 features
= spa
->spa_feat_stats
;
5445 if (features
!= NULL
) {
5446 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa
, features
);
5448 VERIFY0(nvlist_alloc(&features
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
));
5449 spa
->spa_feat_stats
= features
;
5450 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa
, features
);
5453 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS
,
5456 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_feat_stats_lock
);
5460 spa_get_stats(const char *name
, nvlist_t
**config
,
5461 char *altroot
, size_t buflen
)
5467 error
= spa_open_common(name
, &spa
, FTAG
, NULL
, config
);
5471 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
5472 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
5473 * self-inconsistent.
5475 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
5477 if (*config
!= NULL
) {
5478 uint64_t loadtimes
[2];
5480 loadtimes
[0] = spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_sec
;
5481 loadtimes
[1] = spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_nsec
;
5482 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config
,
5483 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME
, loadtimes
, 2) == 0);
5485 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5486 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT
,
5487 spa_get_errlog_size(spa
)) == 0);
5489 if (spa_suspended(spa
)) {
5490 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5491 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED
,
5492 spa
->spa_failmode
) == 0);
5493 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5494 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED_REASON
,
5495 spa
->spa_suspended
) == 0);
5498 spa_add_spares(spa
, *config
);
5499 spa_add_l2cache(spa
, *config
);
5500 spa_add_feature_stats(spa
, *config
);
5505 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
5506 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
5510 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5511 spa
= spa_lookup(name
);
5513 spa_altroot(spa
, altroot
, buflen
);
5517 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5519 spa_altroot(spa
, altroot
, buflen
);
5524 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
5525 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
5532 * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed. We must have an
5533 * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev. If this is an
5534 * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
5535 * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
5538 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, uint64_t crtxg
, int mode
,
5539 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, const char *config
, uint64_t version
,
5540 vdev_labeltype_t label
)
5547 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
5550 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
5552 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, &dev
, &ndev
) != 0)
5556 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
5559 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
5562 if (spa_version(spa
) < version
)
5563 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
5566 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
5569 sav
->sav_pending
= dev
;
5570 sav
->sav_npending
= ndev
;
5572 for (i
= 0; i
< ndev
; i
++) {
5573 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, dev
[i
], NULL
, 0,
5577 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
5579 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
5585 if ((error
= vdev_open(vd
)) == 0 &&
5586 (error
= vdev_label_init(vd
, crtxg
, label
)) == 0) {
5587 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
5588 vd
->vdev_guid
) == 0);
5594 (mode
!= VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE
&& mode
!= VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE
))
5601 sav
->sav_pending
= NULL
;
5602 sav
->sav_npending
= 0;
5607 spa_validate_aux(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, uint64_t crtxg
, int mode
)
5611 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
5613 if ((error
= spa_validate_aux_devs(spa
, nvroot
, crtxg
, mode
,
5614 &spa
->spa_spares
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, SPA_VERSION_SPARES
,
5615 VDEV_LABEL_SPARE
)) != 0) {
5619 return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa
, nvroot
, crtxg
, mode
,
5620 &spa
->spa_l2cache
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE
,
5621 VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE
));
5625 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, nvlist_t
**devs
, int ndevs
,
5630 if (sav
->sav_config
!= NULL
) {
5636 * Generate new dev list by concatenating with the
5639 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5640 &olddevs
, &oldndevs
) == 0);
5642 newdevs
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
5643 (ndevs
+ oldndevs
), KM_SLEEP
);
5644 for (i
= 0; i
< oldndevs
; i
++)
5645 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs
[i
], &newdevs
[i
],
5647 for (i
= 0; i
< ndevs
; i
++)
5648 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs
[i
], &newdevs
[i
+ oldndevs
],
5651 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5652 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
5654 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
5655 config
, newdevs
, ndevs
+ oldndevs
) == 0);
5656 for (i
= 0; i
< oldndevs
+ ndevs
; i
++)
5657 nvlist_free(newdevs
[i
]);
5658 kmem_free(newdevs
, (oldndevs
+ ndevs
) * sizeof (void *));
5661 * Generate a new dev list.
5663 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav
->sav_config
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
,
5665 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5671 * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
5674 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t
*spa
)
5678 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_l2cache
;
5680 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++) {
5683 vd
= sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
];
5686 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd
->vdev_guid
, &pool
) &&
5687 pool
!= 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd
))
5688 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd
);
5693 * Verify encryption parameters for spa creation. If we are encrypting, we must
5694 * have the encryption feature flag enabled.
5697 spa_create_check_encryption_params(dsl_crypto_params_t
*dcp
,
5698 boolean_t has_encryption
)
5700 if (dcp
->cp_crypt
!= ZIO_CRYPT_OFF
&&
5701 dcp
->cp_crypt
!= ZIO_CRYPT_INHERIT
&&
5703 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
5705 return (dmu_objset_create_crypt_check(NULL
, dcp
, NULL
));
5712 spa_create(const char *pool
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, nvlist_t
*props
,
5713 nvlist_t
*zplprops
, dsl_crypto_params_t
*dcp
)
5716 char *altroot
= NULL
;
5721 uint64_t txg
= TXG_INITIAL
;
5722 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
5723 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
5724 uint64_t version
, obj
, ndraid
= 0;
5725 boolean_t has_features
;
5726 boolean_t has_encryption
;
5727 boolean_t has_allocclass
;
5733 if (props
== NULL
||
5734 nvlist_lookup_string(props
, "tname", &poolname
) != 0)
5735 poolname
= (char *)pool
;
5738 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
5740 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5741 if (spa_lookup(poolname
) != NULL
) {
5742 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5743 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
5747 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
5749 nvl
= fnvlist_alloc();
5750 fnvlist_add_string(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, pool
);
5751 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
5752 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
5753 spa
= spa_add(poolname
, nvl
, altroot
);
5755 spa_activate(spa
, spa_mode_global
);
5757 if (props
&& (error
= spa_prop_validate(spa
, props
))) {
5758 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5760 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5765 * Temporary pool names should never be written to disk.
5767 if (poolname
!= pool
)
5768 spa
->spa_import_flags
|= ZFS_IMPORT_TEMP_NAME
;
5770 has_features
= B_FALSE
;
5771 has_encryption
= B_FALSE
;
5772 has_allocclass
= B_FALSE
;
5773 for (nvpair_t
*elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, NULL
);
5774 elem
!= NULL
; elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, elem
)) {
5775 if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
))) {
5776 has_features
= B_TRUE
;
5778 feat_name
= strchr(nvpair_name(elem
), '@') + 1;
5779 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(feat_name
, &feat
));
5780 if (feat
== SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION
)
5781 has_encryption
= B_TRUE
;
5782 if (feat
== SPA_FEATURE_ALLOCATION_CLASSES
)
5783 has_allocclass
= B_TRUE
;
5787 /* verify encryption params, if they were provided */
5789 error
= spa_create_check_encryption_params(dcp
, has_encryption
);
5791 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5793 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5797 if (!has_allocclass
&& zfs_special_devs(nvroot
, NULL
)) {
5798 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5800 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5804 if (has_features
|| nvlist_lookup_uint64(props
,
5805 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
), &version
) != 0) {
5806 version
= SPA_VERSION
;
5808 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version
));
5810 spa
->spa_first_txg
= txg
;
5811 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
= txg
- 1;
5812 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
5813 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
5814 spa
->spa_load_state
= SPA_LOAD_CREATE
;
5815 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_state
= DSS_NONE
;
5816 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_removing_vdev
= -1;
5817 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_prev_indirect_vdev
= -1;
5818 spa
->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded
= B_TRUE
;
5821 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
5823 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= kmem_alloc(max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *),
5825 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++) {
5826 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
5827 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
|
5828 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER
);
5832 * Create the root vdev.
5834 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5836 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &rvd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
);
5838 ASSERT(error
!= 0 || rvd
!= NULL
);
5839 ASSERT(error
!= 0 || spa
->spa_root_vdev
== rvd
);
5841 if (error
== 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot
))
5842 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
5845 (error
= vdev_create(rvd
, txg
, B_FALSE
)) == 0 &&
5846 (error
= vdev_draid_spare_create(nvroot
, rvd
, &ndraid
, 0)) == 0 &&
5847 (error
= spa_validate_aux(spa
, nvroot
, txg
, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) == 0) {
5849 * instantiate the metaslab groups (this will dirty the vdevs)
5850 * we can no longer error exit past this point
5852 for (int c
= 0; error
== 0 && c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
5853 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
5855 vdev_metaslab_set_size(vd
);
5856 vdev_expand(vd
, txg
);
5860 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5864 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5866 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5871 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
5873 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
5874 &spares
, &nspares
) == 0) {
5875 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
,
5877 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5878 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, nspares
) == 0);
5879 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5880 spa_load_spares(spa
);
5881 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5882 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5886 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
5888 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
5889 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0) {
5890 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5891 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
5892 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5893 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, nl2cache
) == 0);
5894 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5895 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
5896 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5897 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5900 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_TRUE
;
5901 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
= dp
= dsl_pool_create(spa
, zplprops
, dcp
, txg
);
5902 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_FALSE
;
5905 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
5909 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
5911 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, txg
);
5914 * Create the pool's history object.
5916 if (version
>= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY
&& !spa
->spa_history
)
5917 spa_history_create_obj(spa
, tx
);
5919 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE
);
5920 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "create", tx
);
5923 * Create the pool config object.
5925 spa
->spa_config_object
= dmu_object_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5926 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST
, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE
,
5927 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE
, sizeof (uint64_t), tx
);
5929 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5930 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CONFIG
,
5931 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_config_object
, tx
) != 0) {
5932 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add pool config");
5935 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5936 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION
,
5937 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version
, tx
) != 0) {
5938 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add pool version");
5941 /* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
5942 if (version
>= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
) {
5943 spa
->spa_deflate
= TRUE
;
5944 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5945 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
,
5946 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_deflate
, tx
) != 0) {
5947 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add deflate");
5952 * Create the deferred-free bpobj. Turn off compression
5953 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
5956 obj
= bpobj_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, 1 << 14, tx
);
5957 dmu_object_set_compress(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
,
5958 ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF
, tx
);
5959 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5960 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ
,
5961 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj
, tx
) != 0) {
5962 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add bpobj");
5964 VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
,
5965 spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
));
5968 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
5970 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
,
5971 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
));
5974 * Set pool properties.
5976 spa
->spa_bootfs
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
);
5977 spa
->spa_delegation
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
);
5978 spa
->spa_failmode
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
);
5979 spa
->spa_autoexpand
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
);
5980 spa
->spa_multihost
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
);
5981 spa
->spa_autotrim
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
);
5983 if (props
!= NULL
) {
5984 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
5985 spa_sync_props(props
, tx
);
5988 for (int i
= 0; i
< ndraid
; i
++)
5989 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_DRAID
, tx
);
5993 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_TRUE
;
5995 mmp_thread_start(spa
);
5996 txg_wait_synced(dp
, txg
);
5998 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa
);
6000 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
6003 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
6004 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
6006 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
6007 spa
->spa_minref
= zfs_refcount_count(&spa
->spa_refcount
);
6008 spa
->spa_load_state
= SPA_LOAD_NONE
;
6010 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6016 * Import a non-root pool into the system.
6019 spa_import(char *pool
, nvlist_t
*config
, nvlist_t
*props
, uint64_t flags
)
6022 char *altroot
= NULL
;
6023 spa_load_state_t state
= SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
;
6024 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
6025 spa_mode_t mode
= spa_mode_global
;
6026 uint64_t readonly
= B_FALSE
;
6029 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
6030 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
6033 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
6035 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6036 if (spa_lookup(pool
) != NULL
) {
6037 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6038 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
6042 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
6044 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
6045 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
6046 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props
,
6047 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
), &readonly
);
6049 mode
= SPA_MODE_READ
;
6050 spa
= spa_add(pool
, config
, altroot
);
6051 spa
->spa_import_flags
= flags
;
6054 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
6055 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
6057 if (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM
) {
6059 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
6061 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
6062 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT
);
6063 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: verbatim import of %s", pool
);
6064 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6068 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
6071 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
6073 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
6075 zpool_get_load_policy(config
, &policy
);
6076 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_DO_REWIND
)
6077 state
= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
;
6079 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_TRYIMPORT
;
6081 if (state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
6082 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
6083 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s", pool
);
6085 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s, max_txg=%lld "
6086 "(RECOVERY MODE)", pool
, (longlong_t
)policy
.zlp_txg
);
6088 error
= spa_load_best(spa
, state
, policy
.zlp_txg
, policy
.zlp_rewind
);
6091 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
6092 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
6094 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
6095 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
6097 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6099 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
6100 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
6102 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) {
6103 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
);
6104 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= NULL
;
6105 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6107 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) {
6108 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
);
6109 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= NULL
;
6110 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6113 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
,
6115 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6118 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
6120 if (error
!= 0 || (props
&& spa_writeable(spa
) &&
6121 (error
= spa_prop_set(spa
, props
)))) {
6123 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6125 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6129 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6132 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
6133 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
6135 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
6136 &spares
, &nspares
) == 0) {
6137 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
)
6138 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6139 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
6141 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6142 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
6143 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6144 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, nspares
) == 0);
6145 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6146 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6147 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6148 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6150 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
6151 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0) {
6152 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
)
6153 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6154 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
6156 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6157 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
6158 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6159 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, nl2cache
) == 0);
6160 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6161 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6162 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6163 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6167 * Check for any removed devices.
6169 if (spa
->spa_autoreplace
) {
6170 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_spares
);
6171 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_l2cache
);
6174 if (spa_writeable(spa
)) {
6176 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
6178 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
6182 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
6183 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
6185 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
);
6187 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "import", NULL
);
6189 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT
);
6191 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6193 zvol_create_minors_recursive(pool
);
6199 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t
*tryconfig
)
6201 nvlist_t
*config
= NULL
;
6202 char *poolname
, *cachefile
;
6206 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
6208 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, &poolname
))
6211 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, &state
))
6215 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
6217 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6218 spa
= spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME
, tryconfig
, NULL
);
6219 spa_activate(spa
, SPA_MODE_READ
);
6222 * Rewind pool if a max txg was provided.
6224 zpool_get_load_policy(spa
->spa_config
, &policy
);
6225 if (policy
.zlp_txg
!= UINT64_MAX
) {
6226 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= policy
.zlp_txg
;
6227 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
6228 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s, max_txg=%lld",
6229 poolname
, (longlong_t
)policy
.zlp_txg
);
6231 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s", poolname
);
6234 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CACHEFILE
, &cachefile
)
6236 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: using cachefile '%s'", cachefile
);
6237 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
;
6239 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN
;
6242 error
= spa_load(spa
, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
);
6245 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
6247 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
6248 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
6249 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
,
6251 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
,
6253 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP
,
6254 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
) == 0);
6255 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
6256 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
6257 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRATA
,
6258 spa
->spa_errata
) == 0);
6261 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
6262 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
6263 * pools are bootable.
6265 if ((!error
|| error
== EEXIST
) && spa
->spa_bootfs
) {
6266 char *tmpname
= kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN
, KM_SLEEP
);
6269 * We have to play games with the name since the
6270 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
6272 if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa
),
6273 spa
->spa_bootfs
, tmpname
) == 0) {
6277 dsname
= kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN
, KM_SLEEP
);
6279 cp
= strchr(tmpname
, '/');
6281 (void) strlcpy(dsname
, tmpname
,
6284 (void) snprintf(dsname
, MAXPATHLEN
,
6285 "%s/%s", poolname
, ++cp
);
6287 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config
,
6288 ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS
, dsname
) == 0);
6289 kmem_free(dsname
, MAXPATHLEN
);
6291 kmem_free(tmpname
, MAXPATHLEN
);
6295 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
6297 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
6298 spa_add_spares(spa
, config
);
6299 spa_add_l2cache(spa
, config
);
6300 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
6304 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6306 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6312 * Pool export/destroy
6314 * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple. We make sure there
6315 * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone. Then, we
6316 * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
6317 * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
6318 * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
6321 spa_export_common(const char *pool
, int new_state
, nvlist_t
**oldconfig
,
6322 boolean_t force
, boolean_t hardforce
)
6330 if (!(spa_mode_global
& SPA_MODE_WRITE
))
6331 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
6333 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6334 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(pool
)) == NULL
) {
6335 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6336 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
6339 if (spa
->spa_is_exporting
) {
6340 /* the pool is being exported by another thread */
6341 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6342 return (SET_ERROR(ZFS_ERR_EXPORT_IN_PROGRESS
));
6344 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_TRUE
;
6347 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
6348 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
6350 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
6351 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6352 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
6353 if (spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
) {
6354 zvol_remove_minors(spa
, spa_name(spa
), B_TRUE
);
6355 taskq_wait(spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
);
6357 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6358 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
6360 if (spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
)
6363 * The pool will be in core if it's openable, in which case we can
6364 * modify its state. Objsets may be open only because they're dirty,
6365 * so we have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
6367 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
6368 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
6369 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
6373 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
6374 * references. If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
6375 * fault injection handlers.
6377 if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa
) || (spa
->spa_inject_ref
!= 0)) {
6378 error
= SET_ERROR(EBUSY
);
6382 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
6384 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
6385 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
6386 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
6387 * be forcedly exported.
6389 if (!force
&& new_state
== POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
&&
6390 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa
)) {
6391 error
= SET_ERROR(EXDEV
);
6396 * We're about to export or destroy this pool. Make sure
6397 * we stop all initialization and trim activity here before
6398 * we set the spa_final_txg. This will ensure that all
6399 * dirty data resulting from the initialization is
6400 * committed to disk before we unload the pool.
6402 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
6403 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6404 vdev_initialize_stop_all(rvd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
);
6405 vdev_trim_stop_all(rvd
, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
6406 vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa
);
6407 vdev_rebuild_stop_all(spa
);
6411 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
6412 * so mark them all dirty. spa_unload() will do the
6413 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
6415 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
&& !hardforce
) {
6416 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6417 spa
->spa_state
= new_state
;
6418 spa
->spa_final_txg
= spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) +
6420 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
6421 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6426 if (new_state
== POOL_STATE_DESTROYED
)
6427 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY
);
6428 else if (new_state
== POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
)
6429 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_EXPORT
);
6431 if (spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
6433 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6436 if (oldconfig
&& spa
->spa_config
)
6437 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa
->spa_config
, oldconfig
, 0) == 0);
6439 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
6441 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
);
6445 * If spa_remove() is not called for this spa_t and
6446 * there is any possibility that it can be reused,
6447 * we make sure to reset the exporting flag.
6449 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
6452 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6456 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
6457 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6458 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6463 * Destroy a storage pool.
6466 spa_destroy(const char *pool
)
6468 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED
, NULL
,
6473 * Export a storage pool.
6476 spa_export(const char *pool
, nvlist_t
**oldconfig
, boolean_t force
,
6477 boolean_t hardforce
)
6479 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
, oldconfig
,
6484 * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
6485 * from the namespace in any way.
6488 spa_reset(const char *pool
)
6490 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
, NULL
,
6495 * ==========================================================================
6496 * Device manipulation
6497 * ==========================================================================
6501 * This is called as a synctask to increment the draid feature flag
6504 spa_draid_feature_incr(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
6506 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
6507 int draid
= (int)(uintptr_t)arg
;
6509 for (int c
= 0; c
< draid
; c
++)
6510 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_DRAID
, tx
);
6514 * Add a device to a storage pool.
6517 spa_vdev_add(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
)
6519 uint64_t txg
, ndraid
= 0;
6521 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6523 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
6524 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
6526 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6528 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
6530 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0,
6531 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) != 0)
6532 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6534 spa
->spa_pending_vdev
= vd
; /* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
6536 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
,
6540 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
,
6544 if (vd
->vdev_children
== 0 && nspares
== 0 && nl2cache
== 0)
6545 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6547 if (vd
->vdev_children
!= 0 &&
6548 (error
= vdev_create(vd
, txg
, B_FALSE
)) != 0) {
6549 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
6553 * The virtual dRAID spares must be added after vdev tree is created
6554 * and the vdev guids are generated. The guid of their associated
6555 * dRAID is stored in the config and used when opening the spare.
6557 if ((error
= vdev_draid_spare_create(nvroot
, vd
, &ndraid
,
6558 rvd
->vdev_children
)) == 0) {
6559 if (ndraid
> 0 && nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
6560 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) != 0)
6563 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
6567 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
6568 * children. Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
6570 if ((error
= spa_validate_aux(spa
, nvroot
, txg
, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) != 0)
6571 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
6574 * If we are in the middle of a device removal, we can only add
6575 * devices which match the existing devices in the pool.
6576 * If we are in the middle of a removal, or have some indirect
6577 * vdevs, we can not add raidz or dRAID top levels.
6579 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
||
6580 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_prev_indirect_vdev
!= -1) {
6581 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6582 tvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6583 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
&&
6584 tvd
->vdev_ashift
!= spa
->spa_max_ashift
) {
6585 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6587 /* Fail if top level vdev is raidz or a dRAID */
6588 if (vdev_get_nparity(tvd
) != 0)
6589 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6592 * Need the top level mirror to be
6593 * a mirror of leaf vdevs only
6595 if (tvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_mirror_ops
) {
6596 for (uint64_t cid
= 0;
6597 cid
< tvd
->vdev_children
; cid
++) {
6598 vdev_t
*cvd
= tvd
->vdev_child
[cid
];
6599 if (!cvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
6600 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
,
6608 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6609 tvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6610 vdev_remove_child(vd
, tvd
);
6611 tvd
->vdev_id
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
6612 vdev_add_child(rvd
, tvd
);
6613 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
6617 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa
->spa_spares
, spares
, nspares
,
6618 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
);
6619 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6620 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6623 if (nl2cache
!= 0) {
6624 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa
->spa_l2cache
, l2cache
, nl2cache
,
6625 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
6626 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6627 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6631 * We can't increment a feature while holding spa_vdev so we
6632 * have to do it in a synctask.
6637 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, txg
);
6638 dsl_sync_task_nowait(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, spa_draid_feature_incr
,
6639 (void *)(uintptr_t)ndraid
, tx
);
6644 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
6645 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
6646 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
6647 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
6648 * can't translate. Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
6649 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
6650 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
6652 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
6653 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
6654 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
6656 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, 0);
6658 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6659 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
6660 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD
);
6661 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6667 * Attach a device to a mirror. The arguments are the path to any device
6668 * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device. If the path specifies
6669 * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
6671 * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
6672 * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
6673 * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
6674 * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
6675 * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
6676 * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
6677 * is automatically detached.
6679 * If 'rebuild' is specified, then sequential reconstruction (a.ka. rebuild)
6680 * should be performed instead of traditional healing reconstruction. From
6681 * an administrators perspective these are both resilver operations.
6684 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, int replacing
,
6687 uint64_t txg
, dtl_max_txg
;
6688 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6689 vdev_t
*oldvd
, *newvd
, *newrootvd
, *pvd
, *tvd
;
6691 char *oldvdpath
, *newvdpath
;
6695 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6697 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
6699 oldvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
6701 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
6702 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
6703 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
6704 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
6705 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6709 if (!spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_DEVICE_REBUILD
))
6710 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6712 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa
)))
6713 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
,
6714 ZFS_ERR_RESILVER_IN_PROGRESS
));
6716 if (vdev_rebuild_active(rvd
))
6717 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
,
6718 ZFS_ERR_REBUILD_IN_PROGRESS
));
6721 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
)
6722 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
6725 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENODEV
));
6727 if (!oldvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6728 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6730 pvd
= oldvd
->vdev_parent
;
6732 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &newrootvd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0,
6733 VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH
)) != 0)
6734 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6736 if (newrootvd
->vdev_children
!= 1)
6737 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6739 newvd
= newrootvd
->vdev_child
[0];
6741 if (!newvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6742 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6744 if ((error
= vdev_create(newrootvd
, txg
, replacing
)) != 0)
6745 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, error
));
6748 * Spares can't replace logs
6750 if (oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_islog
&& newvd
->vdev_isspare
)
6751 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6754 * A dRAID spare can only replace a child of its parent dRAID vdev.
6756 if (newvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_draid_spare_ops
&&
6757 oldvd
->vdev_top
!= vdev_draid_spare_get_parent(newvd
)) {
6758 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6763 * For rebuilds, the top vdev must support reconstruction
6764 * using only space maps. This means the only allowable
6765 * vdevs types are the root vdev, a mirror, or dRAID.
6768 if (pvd
->vdev_top
!= NULL
)
6769 tvd
= pvd
->vdev_top
;
6771 if (tvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
6772 tvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_root_ops
&&
6773 tvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_draid_ops
) {
6774 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6780 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
6783 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
6784 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_root_ops
)
6785 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6787 pvops
= &vdev_mirror_ops
;
6790 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
6793 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
6794 oldvd
->vdev_isspare
&&
6795 !spa_has_spare(spa
, newvd
->vdev_guid
))
6796 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6799 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
6800 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare. Otherwise, we
6801 * want to create a replacing vdev. The user is not allowed to
6802 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
6803 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
6806 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
6807 spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE
) {
6808 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6809 } else if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
6810 newvd
->vdev_isspare
!= oldvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
6811 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6814 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
)
6815 pvops
= &vdev_spare_ops
;
6817 pvops
= &vdev_replacing_ops
;
6821 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
6823 if (newvd
->vdev_asize
< vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd
))
6824 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EOVERFLOW
));
6827 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
6828 * than the top-level vdev.
6830 if (newvd
->vdev_ashift
> oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_ashift
)
6831 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6834 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
6835 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
6837 if (strcmp(oldvd
->vdev_path
, newvd
->vdev_path
) == 0) {
6838 spa_strfree(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
6839 oldvd
->vdev_path
= kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd
->vdev_path
) + 5,
6841 (void) snprintf(oldvd
->vdev_path
, strlen(newvd
->vdev_path
) + 5,
6842 "%s/%s", newvd
->vdev_path
, "old");
6843 if (oldvd
->vdev_devid
!= NULL
) {
6844 spa_strfree(oldvd
->vdev_devid
);
6845 oldvd
->vdev_devid
= NULL
;
6850 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
6851 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
6853 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= pvops
)
6854 pvd
= vdev_add_parent(oldvd
, pvops
);
6856 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6857 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
== pvops
);
6858 ASSERT(oldvd
->vdev_parent
== pvd
);
6861 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
6863 vdev_remove_child(newrootvd
, newvd
);
6864 newvd
->vdev_id
= pvd
->vdev_children
;
6865 newvd
->vdev_crtxg
= oldvd
->vdev_crtxg
;
6866 vdev_add_child(pvd
, newvd
);
6869 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
6871 vdev_propagate_state(pvd
);
6873 tvd
= newvd
->vdev_top
;
6874 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_top
== tvd
);
6875 ASSERT(tvd
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6877 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
6880 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
6881 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks. It will propagate upward when
6882 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
6884 dtl_max_txg
= txg
+ TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES
;
6886 vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
,
6887 TXG_INITIAL
, dtl_max_txg
- TXG_INITIAL
);
6889 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
6890 spa_spare_activate(newvd
);
6891 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE
);
6894 oldvdpath
= spa_strdup(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
6895 newvdpath
= spa_strdup(newvd
->vdev_path
);
6896 newvd_isspare
= newvd
->vdev_isspare
;
6899 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
6901 vdev_dirty(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, newvd
, txg
);
6904 * Schedule the resilver or rebuild to restart in the future. We do
6905 * this to ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
6906 * respective datasets.
6909 newvd
->vdev_rebuild_txg
= txg
;
6913 newvd
->vdev_resilver_txg
= txg
;
6915 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa
)) &&
6916 spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
)) {
6917 vdev_defer_resilver(newvd
);
6919 dsl_scan_restart_resilver(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
,
6924 if (spa
->spa_bootfs
)
6925 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH
);
6927 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH
);
6932 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, dtl_max_txg
, 0);
6934 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "vdev attach", NULL
,
6935 "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
6936 replacing
&& newvd_isspare
? "spare in" :
6937 replacing
? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath
,
6938 replacing
? "for" : "to", oldvdpath
);
6940 spa_strfree(oldvdpath
);
6941 spa_strfree(newvdpath
);
6947 * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
6949 * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
6950 * is a replacing vdev.
6953 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t pguid
, int replace_done
)
6957 vdev_t
*rvd __maybe_unused
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6958 vdev_t
*vd
, *pvd
, *cvd
, *tvd
;
6959 boolean_t unspare
= B_FALSE
;
6960 uint64_t unspare_guid
= 0;
6963 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6965 txg
= spa_vdev_detach_enter(spa
, guid
);
6967 vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
6970 * Besides being called directly from the userland through the
6971 * ioctl interface, spa_vdev_detach() can be potentially called
6972 * at the end of spa_vdev_resilver_done().
6974 * In the regular case, when we have a checkpoint this shouldn't
6975 * happen as we never empty the DTLs of a vdev during the scrub
6976 * [see comment in dsl_scan_done()]. Thus spa_vdev_resilvering_done()
6977 * should never get here when we have a checkpoint.
6979 * That said, even in a case when we checkpoint the pool exactly
6980 * as spa_vdev_resilver_done() calls this function everything
6981 * should be fine as the resilver will return right away.
6983 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
6984 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
6985 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
6986 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
6987 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6991 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENODEV
));
6993 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6994 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6996 pvd
= vd
->vdev_parent
;
6999 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
7000 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
7001 * vdev that's replacing B with C. The user's intent in replacing
7002 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C). If the user decides to cancel
7003 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
7004 * M(A,B). But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
7005 * the replacement of B completes. We would have M(A,C), and then
7006 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
7007 * the user wanted. To prevent this, we make sure that the
7008 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
7009 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
7011 if (pvd
->vdev_guid
!= pguid
&& pguid
!= 0)
7012 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
7015 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
7017 if (replace_done
&& pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
7018 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
)
7019 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7021 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
||
7022 spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES
);
7025 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
7027 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
7028 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
7029 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
)
7030 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7033 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
7034 * we cannot safely detach it.
7036 if (vdev_dtl_required(vd
))
7037 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
7039 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_children
>= 2);
7042 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
7043 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
7044 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach(). If so, undo that change now.
7046 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
&& vd
->vdev_id
> 0 &&
7047 vd
->vdev_path
!= NULL
) {
7048 size_t len
= strlen(vd
->vdev_path
);
7050 for (int c
= 0; c
< pvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7051 cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
7053 if (cvd
== vd
|| cvd
->vdev_path
== NULL
)
7056 if (strncmp(cvd
->vdev_path
, vd
->vdev_path
, len
) == 0 &&
7057 strcmp(cvd
->vdev_path
+ len
, "/old") == 0) {
7058 spa_strfree(cvd
->vdev_path
);
7059 cvd
->vdev_path
= spa_strdup(vd
->vdev_path
);
7066 * If we are detaching the original disk from a normal spare, then it
7067 * implies that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed
7068 * from the active spare list for the pool. dRAID spares on the
7069 * other hand are coupled to the pool and thus should never be removed
7070 * from the spares list.
7072 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&& vd
->vdev_id
== 0) {
7073 vdev_t
*last_cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[pvd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7075 if (last_cvd
->vdev_isspare
&&
7076 last_cvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_draid_spare_ops
) {
7082 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
7083 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
7084 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
7085 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
7086 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
7087 * it's being detached!
7089 error
= vdev_label_init(vd
, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE
);
7092 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
7094 vdev_remove_child(pvd
, vd
);
7095 vdev_compact_children(pvd
);
7098 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
7100 cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[pvd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7103 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
7104 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
7105 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
7106 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID. For a similar
7107 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
7108 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
7109 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
7112 ASSERT(cvd
->vdev_isspare
);
7113 spa_spare_remove(cvd
);
7114 unspare_guid
= cvd
->vdev_guid
;
7115 (void) spa_vdev_remove(spa
, unspare_guid
, B_TRUE
);
7116 cvd
->vdev_unspare
= B_TRUE
;
7120 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
7121 * the parent is no longer needed. Remove it from the tree.
7123 if (pvd
->vdev_children
== 1) {
7124 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
)
7125 cvd
->vdev_unspare
= B_FALSE
;
7126 vdev_remove_parent(cvd
);
7130 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
7131 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
7133 tvd
= cvd
->vdev_top
;
7134 ASSERT(tvd
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
7137 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
7139 vdev_propagate_state(cvd
);
7142 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
7143 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
7144 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
7145 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
7146 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
7148 if (spa
->spa_autoexpand
) {
7150 vdev_expand(tvd
, txg
);
7153 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
7156 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg. vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
7157 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
7158 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
7159 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
7161 vdpath
= spa_strdup(vd
->vdev_path
? vd
->vdev_path
: "none");
7162 for (int t
= 0; t
< TXG_SIZE
; t
++)
7163 (void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd
->vdev_dtl_list
, vd
, t
);
7164 vd
->vdev_detached
= B_TRUE
;
7165 vdev_dirty(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, vd
, txg
);
7167 spa_event_notify(spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE
);
7168 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
7170 /* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
7171 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
7173 error
= spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, 0);
7175 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "detach", NULL
,
7177 spa_strfree(vdpath
);
7180 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
7181 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
7182 * list of every other pool.
7185 spa_t
*altspa
= NULL
;
7187 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7188 while ((altspa
= spa_next(altspa
)) != NULL
) {
7189 if (altspa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
||
7193 spa_open_ref(altspa
, FTAG
);
7194 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7195 (void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa
, unspare_guid
, B_TRUE
);
7196 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7197 spa_close(altspa
, FTAG
);
7199 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7201 /* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
7202 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
7205 /* all done with the spa; OK to release */
7206 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7207 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
7208 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7214 spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7217 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7219 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7221 /* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
7222 vdev_t
*vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7223 if (vd
== NULL
|| vd
->vdev_detached
) {
7224 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7225 return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV
));
7226 } else if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| !vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
7227 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7228 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
7229 } else if (!vdev_writeable(vd
)) {
7230 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7231 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
7233 mutex_enter(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7234 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7237 * When we activate an initialize action we check to see
7238 * if the vdev_initialize_thread is NULL. We do this instead
7239 * of using the vdev_initialize_state since there might be
7240 * a previous initialization process which has completed but
7241 * the thread is not exited.
7243 if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_START
&&
7244 (vd
->vdev_initialize_thread
!= NULL
||
7245 vd
->vdev_top
->vdev_removing
)) {
7246 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7247 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7248 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL
&&
7249 (vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
&&
7250 vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED
)) {
7251 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7252 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7253 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND
&&
7254 vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
) {
7255 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7256 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7260 case POOL_INITIALIZE_START
:
7261 vdev_initialize(vd
);
7263 case POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL
:
7264 vdev_initialize_stop(vd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_CANCELED
, vd_list
);
7266 case POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND
:
7267 vdev_initialize_stop(vd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED
, vd_list
);
7270 panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type
);
7272 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7278 spa_vdev_initialize(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nv
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7279 nvlist_t
*vdev_errlist
)
7281 int total_errors
= 0;
7284 list_create(&vd_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7285 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_initialize_node
));
7288 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
7289 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
7290 * stopping initialization. The config and state locks are held so that
7291 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
7292 * the initializing operation.
7294 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7296 for (nvpair_t
*pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, NULL
);
7297 pair
!= NULL
; pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, pair
)) {
7298 uint64_t vdev_guid
= fnvpair_value_uint64(pair
);
7300 int error
= spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa
, vdev_guid
, cmd_type
,
7303 char guid_as_str
[MAXNAMELEN
];
7305 (void) snprintf(guid_as_str
, sizeof (guid_as_str
),
7306 "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid
);
7307 fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist
, guid_as_str
, error
);
7312 /* Wait for all initialize threads to stop. */
7313 vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_list
);
7315 /* Sync out the initializing state */
7316 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
7317 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7319 list_destroy(&vd_list
);
7321 return (total_errors
);
7325 spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7326 uint64_t rate
, boolean_t partial
, boolean_t secure
, list_t
*vd_list
)
7328 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7330 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7332 /* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
7333 vdev_t
*vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7334 if (vd
== NULL
|| vd
->vdev_detached
) {
7335 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7336 return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV
));
7337 } else if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| !vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
7338 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7339 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
7340 } else if (!vdev_writeable(vd
)) {
7341 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7342 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
7343 } else if (!vd
->vdev_has_trim
) {
7344 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7345 return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP
));
7346 } else if (secure
&& !vd
->vdev_has_securetrim
) {
7347 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7348 return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP
));
7350 mutex_enter(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7351 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7354 * When we activate a TRIM action we check to see if the
7355 * vdev_trim_thread is NULL. We do this instead of using the
7356 * vdev_trim_state since there might be a previous TRIM process
7357 * which has completed but the thread is not exited.
7359 if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_START
&&
7360 (vd
->vdev_trim_thread
!= NULL
|| vd
->vdev_top
->vdev_removing
)) {
7361 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7362 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7363 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_CANCEL
&&
7364 (vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
&&
7365 vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED
)) {
7366 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7367 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7368 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND
&&
7369 vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
) {
7370 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7371 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7375 case POOL_TRIM_START
:
7376 vdev_trim(vd
, rate
, partial
, secure
);
7378 case POOL_TRIM_CANCEL
:
7379 vdev_trim_stop(vd
, VDEV_TRIM_CANCELED
, vd_list
);
7381 case POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND
:
7382 vdev_trim_stop(vd
, VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED
, vd_list
);
7385 panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type
);
7387 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7393 * Initiates a manual TRIM for the requested vdevs. This kicks off individual
7394 * TRIM threads for each child vdev. These threads pass over all of the free
7395 * space in the vdev's metaslabs and issues TRIM commands for that space.
7398 spa_vdev_trim(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nv
, uint64_t cmd_type
, uint64_t rate
,
7399 boolean_t partial
, boolean_t secure
, nvlist_t
*vdev_errlist
)
7401 int total_errors
= 0;
7404 list_create(&vd_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7405 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_trim_node
));
7408 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
7409 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
7410 * stopping TRIM. The config and state locks are held so that
7411 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
7412 * the TRIM operation.
7414 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7416 for (nvpair_t
*pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, NULL
);
7417 pair
!= NULL
; pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, pair
)) {
7418 uint64_t vdev_guid
= fnvpair_value_uint64(pair
);
7420 int error
= spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa
, vdev_guid
, cmd_type
,
7421 rate
, partial
, secure
, &vd_list
);
7423 char guid_as_str
[MAXNAMELEN
];
7425 (void) snprintf(guid_as_str
, sizeof (guid_as_str
),
7426 "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid
);
7427 fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist
, guid_as_str
, error
);
7432 /* Wait for all TRIM threads to stop. */
7433 vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_list
);
7435 /* Sync out the TRIM state */
7436 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
7437 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7439 list_destroy(&vd_list
);
7441 return (total_errors
);
7445 * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
7448 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t
*spa
, char *newname
, nvlist_t
*config
,
7449 nvlist_t
*props
, boolean_t exp
)
7452 uint64_t txg
, *glist
;
7454 uint_t c
, children
, lastlog
;
7455 nvlist_t
**child
, *nvl
, *tmp
;
7457 char *altroot
= NULL
;
7458 vdev_t
*rvd
, **vml
= NULL
; /* vdev modify list */
7459 boolean_t activate_slog
;
7461 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
7463 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
7465 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7466 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
7467 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
7468 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
7469 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7472 /* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
7473 activate_slog
= spa_passivate_log(spa
);
7474 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7475 error
= spa_reset_logs(spa
);
7476 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7479 spa_activate_log(spa
);
7482 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7484 /* check new spa name before going any further */
7485 if (spa_lookup(newname
) != NULL
)
7486 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EEXIST
));
7489 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
7491 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvl
) != 0 ||
7492 nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
, &child
,
7494 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7496 /* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
7497 rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
7499 for (c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7500 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
7502 /* don't count the holes & logs as children */
7503 if (vd
->vdev_islog
|| (vd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
&&
7504 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))) {
7512 if (children
!= (lastlog
!= 0 ? lastlog
: rvd
->vdev_children
))
7513 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7515 /* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
7516 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &tmp
) == 0 ||
7517 nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &tmp
) == 0)
7518 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7520 vml
= kmem_zalloc(children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
7521 glist
= kmem_zalloc(children
* sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP
);
7523 /* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
7524 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7525 uint64_t is_hole
= 0;
7527 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE
,
7531 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ishole
||
7532 spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_islog
) {
7535 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7540 /* deal with indirect vdevs */
7541 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ops
==
7545 /* which disk is going to be split? */
7546 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
7548 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7552 /* look it up in the spa */
7553 vml
[c
] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, glist
[c
], B_FALSE
);
7554 if (vml
[c
] == NULL
) {
7555 error
= SET_ERROR(ENODEV
);
7559 /* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
7560 if (vml
[c
]->vdev_parent
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
||
7561 vml
[c
]->vdev_islog
||
7562 !vdev_is_concrete(vml
[c
]) ||
7563 vml
[c
]->vdev_isspare
||
7564 vml
[c
]->vdev_isl2cache
||
7565 !vdev_writeable(vml
[c
]) ||
7566 vml
[c
]->vdev_children
!= 0 ||
7567 vml
[c
]->vdev_state
!= VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY
||
7568 c
!= spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_id
) {
7569 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7573 if (vdev_dtl_required(vml
[c
]) ||
7574 vdev_resilver_needed(vml
[c
], NULL
, NULL
)) {
7575 error
= SET_ERROR(EBUSY
);
7579 /* we need certain info from the top level */
7580 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY
,
7581 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ms_array
) == 0);
7582 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT
,
7583 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ms_shift
) == 0);
7584 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE
,
7585 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_asize
) == 0);
7586 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT
,
7587 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ashift
) == 0);
7589 /* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */
7590 ASSERT3U(vml
[c
]->vdev_leaf_zap
, !=, 0);
7591 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
],
7592 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP
, vml
[c
]->vdev_leaf_zap
));
7594 ASSERT3U(vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_top_zap
, !=, 0);
7595 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
],
7596 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP
,
7597 vml
[c
]->vdev_parent
->vdev_top_zap
));
7601 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7602 kmem_free(glist
, children
* sizeof (uint64_t));
7603 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7606 /* stop writers from using the disks */
7607 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7609 vml
[c
]->vdev_offline
= B_TRUE
;
7611 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7614 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config. This
7615 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
7617 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
7618 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST
,
7619 glist
, children
) == 0);
7620 kmem_free(glist
, children
* sizeof (uint64_t));
7622 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
7623 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
,
7625 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
7626 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= nvl
;
7627 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7629 /* configure and create the new pool */
7630 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, newname
) == 0);
7631 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
,
7632 exp
? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
: POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
) == 0);
7633 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
7634 spa_version(spa
)) == 0);
7635 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
,
7636 spa
->spa_config_txg
) == 0);
7637 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
,
7638 spa_generate_guid(NULL
)) == 0);
7639 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
));
7640 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
7641 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
7643 /* add the new pool to the namespace */
7644 newspa
= spa_add(newname
, config
, altroot
);
7645 newspa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
;
7646 newspa
->spa_config_txg
= spa
->spa_config_txg
;
7647 spa_set_log_state(newspa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
7649 /* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
7650 spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7652 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7653 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 1);
7655 spa_activate(newspa
, spa_mode_global
);
7656 spa_async_suspend(newspa
);
7659 * Temporarily stop the initializing and TRIM activity. We set the
7660 * state to ACTIVE so that we know to resume initializing or TRIM
7661 * once the split has completed.
7663 list_t vd_initialize_list
;
7664 list_create(&vd_initialize_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7665 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_initialize_node
));
7667 list_t vd_trim_list
;
7668 list_create(&vd_trim_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7669 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_trim_node
));
7671 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7672 if (vml
[c
] != NULL
&& vml
[c
]->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
7673 mutex_enter(&vml
[c
]->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7674 vdev_initialize_stop(vml
[c
],
7675 VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
, &vd_initialize_list
);
7676 mutex_exit(&vml
[c
]->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7678 mutex_enter(&vml
[c
]->vdev_trim_lock
);
7679 vdev_trim_stop(vml
[c
], VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
, &vd_trim_list
);
7680 mutex_exit(&vml
[c
]->vdev_trim_lock
);
7684 vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_initialize_list
);
7685 vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_trim_list
);
7687 list_destroy(&vd_initialize_list
);
7688 list_destroy(&vd_trim_list
);
7690 newspa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SPLIT
;
7691 newspa
->spa_is_splitting
= B_TRUE
;
7693 /* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
7694 error
= spa_load(newspa
, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
);
7698 /* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
7699 if (newspa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
7700 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa
->spa_config_splitting
,
7701 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
7702 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa
->spa_config_splitting
,
7703 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID
, spa_guid(spa
)) == 0);
7704 spa_config_set(newspa
, spa_config_generate(newspa
, NULL
, -1ULL,
7709 if (props
!= NULL
) {
7710 spa_configfile_set(newspa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
7711 error
= spa_prop_set(newspa
, props
);
7716 /* flush everything */
7717 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa
);
7718 vdev_config_dirty(newspa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7719 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7721 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7722 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 2);
7724 spa_async_resume(newspa
);
7726 /* finally, update the original pool's config */
7727 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7728 tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
7729 error
= dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_WAIT
);
7732 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7733 if (vml
[c
] != NULL
&& vml
[c
]->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
7734 vdev_t
*tvd
= vml
[c
]->vdev_top
;
7737 * Need to be sure the detachable VDEV is not
7738 * on any *other* txg's DTL list to prevent it
7739 * from being accessed after it's freed.
7741 for (int t
= 0; t
< TXG_SIZE
; t
++) {
7742 (void) txg_list_remove_this(
7743 &tvd
->vdev_dtl_list
, vml
[c
], t
);
7748 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "detach", tx
,
7749 "vdev=%s", vml
[c
]->vdev_path
);
7754 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
;
7755 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7756 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
7760 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0);
7762 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7763 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 3);
7765 /* split is complete; log a history record */
7766 spa_history_log_internal(newspa
, "split", NULL
,
7767 "from pool %s", spa_name(spa
));
7769 newspa
->spa_is_splitting
= B_FALSE
;
7770 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7772 /* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
7774 error
= spa_export_common(newname
, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
, NULL
,
7781 spa_deactivate(newspa
);
7784 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7786 /* re-online all offlined disks */
7787 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7789 vml
[c
]->vdev_offline
= B_FALSE
;
7792 /* restart initializing or trimming disks as necessary */
7793 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART
);
7794 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART
);
7795 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
);
7797 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7799 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_splitting
);
7800 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
7801 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
);
7803 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7808 * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
7809 * currently spared, so we can detach it.
7812 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t
*vd
)
7814 vdev_t
*newvd
, *oldvd
;
7816 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7817 oldvd
= spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
7823 * Check for a completed replacement. We always consider the first
7824 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
7825 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works). In
7826 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
7827 * remove it after a resilver completes. This is OK as it will require
7828 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
7830 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
) {
7831 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_children
> 1);
7833 newvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[vd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7834 oldvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[0];
7836 if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7837 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7838 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd
))
7843 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
7844 * Also potentially update faulted state.
7846 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
) {
7847 vdev_t
*first
= vd
->vdev_child
[0];
7848 vdev_t
*last
= vd
->vdev_child
[vd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7850 if (last
->vdev_unspare
) {
7853 } else if (first
->vdev_unspare
) {
7860 if (oldvd
!= NULL
&&
7861 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7862 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7863 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd
))
7866 vdev_propagate_state(vd
);
7869 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
7870 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
7871 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
7872 * by other pools. Once we're back down to a single
7873 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
7875 if (vd
->vdev_children
> 2) {
7876 newvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[1];
7878 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
&& last
->vdev_isspare
&&
7879 vdev_dtl_empty(last
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7880 vdev_dtl_empty(last
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7881 !vdev_dtl_required(newvd
))
7890 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t
*spa
)
7892 vdev_t
*vd
, *pvd
, *ppvd
;
7893 uint64_t guid
, sguid
, pguid
, ppguid
;
7895 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
7897 while ((vd
= spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) != NULL
) {
7898 pvd
= vd
->vdev_parent
;
7899 ppvd
= pvd
->vdev_parent
;
7900 guid
= vd
->vdev_guid
;
7901 pguid
= pvd
->vdev_guid
;
7902 ppguid
= ppvd
->vdev_guid
;
7905 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
7906 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
7909 if (ppvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&& pvd
->vdev_id
== 0 &&
7910 ppvd
->vdev_children
== 2) {
7911 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
);
7912 sguid
= ppvd
->vdev_child
[1]->vdev_guid
;
7914 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_resilver_txg
== 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd
));
7916 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
7917 if (spa_vdev_detach(spa
, guid
, pguid
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
7919 if (sguid
&& spa_vdev_detach(spa
, sguid
, ppguid
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
7921 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
7924 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
7927 * If a detach was not performed above replace waiters will not have
7928 * been notified. In which case we must do so now.
7930 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
7934 * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
7937 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *value
,
7941 boolean_t sync
= B_FALSE
;
7943 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
7945 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
);
7947 if ((vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_TRUE
)) == NULL
)
7948 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, ENOENT
));
7950 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
7951 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, ENOTSUP
));
7954 if (strcmp(value
, vd
->vdev_path
) != 0) {
7955 spa_strfree(vd
->vdev_path
);
7956 vd
->vdev_path
= spa_strdup(value
);
7960 if (vd
->vdev_fru
== NULL
) {
7961 vd
->vdev_fru
= spa_strdup(value
);
7963 } else if (strcmp(value
, vd
->vdev_fru
) != 0) {
7964 spa_strfree(vd
->vdev_fru
);
7965 vd
->vdev_fru
= spa_strdup(value
);
7970 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, sync
? vd
: NULL
, 0));
7974 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *newpath
)
7976 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa
, guid
, newpath
, B_TRUE
));
7980 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *newfru
)
7982 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa
, guid
, newfru
, B_FALSE
));
7986 * ==========================================================================
7988 * ==========================================================================
7991 spa_scrub_pause_resume(spa_t
*spa
, pool_scrub_cmd_t cmd
)
7993 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
7995 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
))
7996 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7998 return (dsl_scrub_set_pause_resume(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, cmd
));
8002 spa_scan_stop(spa_t
*spa
)
8004 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
8005 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
))
8006 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
8007 return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
));
8011 spa_scan(spa_t
*spa
, pool_scan_func_t func
)
8013 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
8015 if (func
>= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS
|| func
== POOL_SCAN_NONE
)
8016 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
8018 if (func
== POOL_SCAN_RESILVER
&&
8019 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
))
8020 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
8023 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
8024 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
8026 if (func
== POOL_SCAN_RESILVER
&&
8027 !vdev_resilver_needed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, NULL
, NULL
)) {
8028 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE
);
8032 return (dsl_scan(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, func
));
8036 * ==========================================================================
8037 * SPA async task processing
8038 * ==========================================================================
8042 spa_async_remove(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
8044 if (vd
->vdev_remove_wanted
) {
8045 vd
->vdev_remove_wanted
= B_FALSE
;
8046 vd
->vdev_delayed_close
= B_FALSE
;
8047 vdev_set_state(vd
, B_FALSE
, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED
, VDEV_AUX_NONE
);
8050 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
8051 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
8052 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
8053 * device, all of which is a waste.
8055 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_read_errors
= 0;
8056 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_write_errors
= 0;
8057 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_checksum_errors
= 0;
8059 vdev_state_dirty(vd
->vdev_top
);
8061 /* Tell userspace that the vdev is gone. */
8062 zfs_post_remove(spa
, vd
);
8065 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
8066 spa_async_remove(spa
, vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
8070 spa_async_probe(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
8072 if (vd
->vdev_probe_wanted
) {
8073 vd
->vdev_probe_wanted
= B_FALSE
;
8074 vdev_reopen(vd
); /* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
8077 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
8078 spa_async_probe(spa
, vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
8082 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
8084 if (!spa
->spa_autoexpand
)
8087 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
8088 vdev_t
*cvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
8089 spa_async_autoexpand(spa
, cvd
);
8092 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| vd
->vdev_physpath
== NULL
)
8095 spa_event_notify(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_AUTOEXPAND
);
8099 spa_async_thread(void *arg
)
8101 spa_t
*spa
= (spa_t
*)arg
;
8102 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
8105 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_on
);
8107 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8108 tasks
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
;
8109 spa
->spa_async_tasks
= 0;
8110 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8113 * See if the config needs to be updated.
8115 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
) {
8116 uint64_t old_space
, new_space
;
8118 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8119 old_space
= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa
));
8120 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
8121 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
8122 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(
8123 spa_embedded_log_class(spa
));
8125 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
8127 new_space
= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa
));
8128 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
8129 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
8130 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(
8131 spa_embedded_log_class(spa
));
8132 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8135 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
8136 * then log an internal history event.
8138 if (new_space
!= old_space
) {
8139 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "vdev online", NULL
,
8140 "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
8141 spa_name(spa
), (u_longlong_t
)new_space
,
8142 (u_longlong_t
)(new_space
- old_space
));
8147 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
8149 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE
) {
8150 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_NONE
);
8151 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8152 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++)
8153 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
8154 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
8155 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
8156 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, 0);
8159 if ((tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
) && !spa_suspended(spa
)) {
8160 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8161 spa_async_autoexpand(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8162 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8166 * See if any devices need to be probed.
8168 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_PROBE
) {
8169 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_NONE
);
8170 spa_async_probe(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8171 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, 0);
8175 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
8177 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE
||
8178 tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_REBUILD_DONE
) {
8179 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
8183 * Kick off a resilver.
8185 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER
&&
8186 !vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
) &&
8187 (!dsl_scan_resilvering(dp
) ||
8188 !spa_feature_is_enabled(dp
->dp_spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
)))
8189 dsl_scan_restart_resilver(dp
, 0);
8191 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART
) {
8192 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8193 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8194 vdev_initialize_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8195 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8196 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8199 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART
) {
8200 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8201 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8202 vdev_trim_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8203 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8204 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8207 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
) {
8208 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8209 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8210 vdev_autotrim_restart(spa
);
8211 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8212 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8216 * Kick off L2 cache whole device TRIM.
8218 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_TRIM
) {
8219 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8220 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8221 vdev_trim_l2arc(spa
);
8222 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8223 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8227 * Kick off L2 cache rebuilding.
8229 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD
) {
8230 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8231 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_L2ARC
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8232 l2arc_spa_rebuild_start(spa
);
8233 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_L2ARC
, FTAG
);
8234 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8238 * Let the world know that we're done.
8240 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8241 spa
->spa_async_thread
= NULL
;
8242 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_async_cv
);
8243 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8248 spa_async_suspend(spa_t
*spa
)
8250 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8251 spa
->spa_async_suspended
++;
8252 while (spa
->spa_async_thread
!= NULL
)
8253 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_async_cv
, &spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8254 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8256 spa_vdev_remove_suspend(spa
);
8258 zthr_t
*condense_thread
= spa
->spa_condense_zthr
;
8259 if (condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8260 zthr_cancel(condense_thread
);
8262 zthr_t
*discard_thread
= spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
;
8263 if (discard_thread
!= NULL
)
8264 zthr_cancel(discard_thread
);
8266 zthr_t
*ll_delete_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
;
8267 if (ll_delete_thread
!= NULL
)
8268 zthr_cancel(ll_delete_thread
);
8270 zthr_t
*ll_condense_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
;
8271 if (ll_condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8272 zthr_cancel(ll_condense_thread
);
8276 spa_async_resume(spa_t
*spa
)
8278 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8279 ASSERT(spa
->spa_async_suspended
!= 0);
8280 spa
->spa_async_suspended
--;
8281 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8282 spa_restart_removal(spa
);
8284 zthr_t
*condense_thread
= spa
->spa_condense_zthr
;
8285 if (condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8286 zthr_resume(condense_thread
);
8288 zthr_t
*discard_thread
= spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
;
8289 if (discard_thread
!= NULL
)
8290 zthr_resume(discard_thread
);
8292 zthr_t
*ll_delete_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
;
8293 if (ll_delete_thread
!= NULL
)
8294 zthr_resume(ll_delete_thread
);
8296 zthr_t
*ll_condense_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
;
8297 if (ll_condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8298 zthr_resume(ll_condense_thread
);
8302 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t
*spa
)
8304 uint_t non_config_tasks
;
8306 boolean_t config_task_suspended
;
8308 non_config_tasks
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
& ~SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
;
8309 config_task
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
;
8310 if (spa
->spa_ccw_fail_time
== 0) {
8311 config_task_suspended
= B_FALSE
;
8313 config_task_suspended
=
8314 (gethrtime() - spa
->spa_ccw_fail_time
) <
8315 ((hrtime_t
)zfs_ccw_retry_interval
* NANOSEC
);
8318 return (non_config_tasks
|| (config_task
&& !config_task_suspended
));
8322 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t
*spa
)
8324 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8325 if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa
) &&
8326 !spa
->spa_async_suspended
&&
8327 spa
->spa_async_thread
== NULL
)
8328 spa
->spa_async_thread
= thread_create(NULL
, 0,
8329 spa_async_thread
, spa
, 0, &p0
, TS_RUN
, maxclsyspri
);
8330 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8334 spa_async_request(spa_t
*spa
, int task
)
8336 zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa
->spa_name
, task
);
8337 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8338 spa
->spa_async_tasks
|= task
;
8339 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8343 spa_async_tasks(spa_t
*spa
)
8345 return (spa
->spa_async_tasks
);
8349 * ==========================================================================
8350 * SPA syncing routines
8351 * ==========================================================================
8356 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
8360 bpobj_enqueue(bpo
, bp
, bp_freed
, tx
);
8365 bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8367 return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg
, bp
, B_FALSE
, tx
));
8371 bpobj_enqueue_free_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8373 return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg
, bp
, B_TRUE
, tx
));
8377 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8381 zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(pio
, pio
->io_spa
, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
), bp
,
8387 bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
8391 return (spa_free_sync_cb(arg
, bp
, tx
));
8395 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
8396 * amount of time spent syncing frees.
8399 spa_sync_frees(spa_t
*spa
, bplist_t
*bpl
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8401 zio_t
*zio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
8402 bplist_iterate(bpl
, spa_free_sync_cb
, zio
, tx
);
8403 VERIFY(zio_wait(zio
) == 0);
8407 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
8408 * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
8411 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8413 if (spa_sync_pass(spa
) != 1)
8418 * If the log space map feature is active, we stop deferring
8419 * frees to the next TXG and therefore running this function
8420 * would be considered a no-op as spa_deferred_bpobj should
8421 * not have any entries.
8423 * That said we run this function anyway (instead of returning
8424 * immediately) for the edge-case scenario where we just
8425 * activated the log space map feature in this TXG but we have
8426 * deferred frees from the previous TXG.
8428 zio_t
*zio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
8429 VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
,
8430 bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb
, zio
, tx
), ==, 0);
8431 VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio
));
8435 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t obj
, nvlist_t
*nv
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8437 char *packed
= NULL
;
8442 VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv
, &nvsize
, NV_ENCODE_XDR
) == 0);
8445 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
8446 * information. This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
8447 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
8449 bufsize
= P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize
, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE
);
8450 packed
= vmem_alloc(bufsize
, KM_SLEEP
);
8452 VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv
, &packed
, &nvsize
, NV_ENCODE_XDR
,
8454 bzero(packed
+ nvsize
, bufsize
- nvsize
);
8456 dmu_write(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, 0, bufsize
, packed
, tx
);
8458 vmem_free(packed
, bufsize
);
8460 VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, FTAG
, &db
));
8461 dmu_buf_will_dirty(db
, tx
);
8462 *(uint64_t *)db
->db_data
= nvsize
;
8463 dmu_buf_rele(db
, FTAG
);
8467 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t
*spa
, spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
,
8468 const char *config
, const char *entry
)
8478 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
8479 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
8480 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
8482 if (sav
->sav_object
== 0) {
8483 sav
->sav_object
= dmu_object_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8484 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST
, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE
,
8485 sizeof (uint64_t), tx
);
8486 VERIFY(zap_update(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8487 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, entry
, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
8488 &sav
->sav_object
, tx
) == 0);
8491 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
8492 if (sav
->sav_count
== 0) {
8493 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, NULL
, 0) == 0);
8495 list
= kmem_alloc(sav
->sav_count
*sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP
);
8496 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
8497 list
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
, sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
],
8498 B_FALSE
, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
8499 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, list
,
8500 sav
->sav_count
) == 0);
8501 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
8502 nvlist_free(list
[i
]);
8503 kmem_free(list
, sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
8506 spa_sync_nvlist(spa
, sav
->sav_object
, nvroot
, tx
);
8507 nvlist_free(nvroot
);
8509 sav
->sav_sync
= B_FALSE
;
8513 * Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t.
8514 * The all-vdev ZAP must be empty.
8517 spa_avz_build(vdev_t
*vd
, uint64_t avz
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8519 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
8521 if (vd
->vdev_top_zap
!= 0) {
8522 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
8523 vd
->vdev_top_zap
, tx
));
8525 if (vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
!= 0) {
8526 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
8527 vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
, tx
));
8529 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
8530 spa_avz_build(vd
->vdev_child
[i
], avz
, tx
);
8535 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8540 * If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS,
8541 * its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs.
8542 * Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we
8543 * need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty.
8545 if (list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
) &&
8546 spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_NONE
)
8549 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8551 ASSERT(spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_NONE
||
8552 spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE
||
8553 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
!= 0);
8555 if (spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
) {
8556 /* Make and build the new AVZ */
8557 uint64_t new_avz
= zap_create(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8558 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA
, DMU_OT_NONE
, 0, tx
);
8559 spa_avz_build(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, new_avz
, tx
);
8561 /* Diff old AVZ with new one */
8565 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8566 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
);
8567 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
8568 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
8569 uint64_t vdzap
= za
.za_first_integer
;
8570 if (zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, new_avz
,
8573 * ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one;
8576 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, vdzap
,
8581 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
8583 /* Destroy the old AVZ */
8584 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8585 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, tx
));
8587 /* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */
8588 VERIFY0(zap_update(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8589 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
,
8590 sizeof (new_avz
), 1, &new_avz
, tx
));
8592 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= new_avz
;
8593 } else if (spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY
) {
8597 /* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */
8598 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8599 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
);
8600 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
8601 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
8602 uint64_t zap
= za
.za_first_integer
;
8603 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, zap
, tx
));
8606 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
8608 /* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */
8609 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8610 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, tx
));
8611 VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8612 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
, tx
));
8613 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= 0;
8616 if (spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
== 0) {
8617 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= zap_create_link(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8618 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
8619 DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
, tx
);
8621 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_NONE
;
8623 /* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */
8624 vdev_construct_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, tx
);
8626 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
,
8627 dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
), B_FALSE
);
8630 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
8631 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
8633 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
)
8634 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
8635 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
);
8637 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8639 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_syncing
);
8640 spa
->spa_config_syncing
= config
;
8642 spa_sync_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, config
, tx
);
8646 spa_sync_version(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8648 uint64_t *versionp
= arg
;
8649 uint64_t version
= *versionp
;
8650 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
8653 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
8655 ASSERT(tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
);
8657 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version
));
8658 ASSERT(version
>= spa_version(spa
));
8660 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
8661 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8662 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
, "version=%lld",
8663 (longlong_t
)version
);
8667 * Set zpool properties.
8670 spa_sync_props(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8672 nvlist_t
*nvp
= arg
;
8673 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
8674 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
8675 nvpair_t
*elem
= NULL
;
8677 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
8679 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp
, elem
))) {
8681 char *strval
, *fname
;
8683 const char *propname
;
8684 zprop_type_t proptype
;
8687 switch (prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem
))) {
8688 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
:
8690 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
8692 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
)));
8694 fname
= strchr(nvpair_name(elem
), '@') + 1;
8695 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname
, &fid
));
8697 spa_feature_enable(spa
, fid
, tx
);
8698 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8699 "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem
));
8702 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
:
8703 intval
= fnvpair_value_uint64(elem
);
8705 * The version is synced separately before other
8706 * properties and should be correct by now.
8708 ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa
), >=, intval
);
8711 case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
:
8713 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
8714 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
8716 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root
!= NULL
);
8719 case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
:
8720 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
:
8722 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persistent
8726 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
:
8727 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
8728 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
)
8729 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_comment
);
8730 spa
->spa_comment
= spa_strdup(strval
);
8732 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
8733 * so that their labels get updated. We also need to
8734 * update the cache file to keep it in sync with the
8735 * MOS version. It's unnecessary to do this for pool
8736 * creation since the vdev's configuration has already
8739 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
) {
8740 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8741 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
8743 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8744 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
8746 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY
:
8747 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
8748 if (spa
->spa_compatibility
!= NULL
)
8749 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_compatibility
);
8750 spa
->spa_compatibility
= spa_strdup(strval
);
8752 * Dirty the configuration on vdevs as above.
8754 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
) {
8755 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8756 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
8759 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8760 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
8765 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
8767 if (spa
->spa_pool_props_object
== 0) {
8768 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
=
8769 zap_create_link(mos
, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS
,
8770 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_PROPS
,
8774 /* normalize the property name */
8775 propname
= zpool_prop_to_name(prop
);
8776 proptype
= zpool_prop_get_type(prop
);
8778 if (nvpair_type(elem
) == DATA_TYPE_STRING
) {
8779 ASSERT(proptype
== PROP_TYPE_STRING
);
8780 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
8781 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos
,
8782 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
, propname
,
8783 1, strlen(strval
) + 1, strval
, tx
));
8784 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8785 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
8786 } else if (nvpair_type(elem
) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64
) {
8787 intval
= fnvpair_value_uint64(elem
);
8789 if (proptype
== PROP_TYPE_INDEX
) {
8791 VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
8792 prop
, intval
, &unused
));
8794 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos
,
8795 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
, propname
,
8796 8, 1, &intval
, tx
));
8797 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8798 "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem
),
8799 (longlong_t
)intval
);
8801 ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
8805 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
:
8806 spa
->spa_delegation
= intval
;
8808 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
:
8809 spa
->spa_bootfs
= intval
;
8811 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
:
8812 spa
->spa_failmode
= intval
;
8814 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
:
8815 spa
->spa_autotrim
= intval
;
8816 spa_async_request(spa
,
8817 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
);
8819 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
:
8820 spa
->spa_autoexpand
= intval
;
8821 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
)
8822 spa_async_request(spa
,
8823 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
);
8825 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
:
8826 spa
->spa_multihost
= intval
;
8835 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
8839 * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes. spa_version() does not
8840 * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
8841 * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
8842 * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
8846 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8848 if (spa_sync_pass(spa
) != 1)
8851 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
8852 rrw_enter(&dp
->dp_config_rwlock
, RW_WRITER
, FTAG
);
8854 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN
&&
8855 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN
) {
8856 dsl_pool_create_origin(dp
, tx
);
8858 /* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
8859 spa
->spa_minref
+= 3;
8862 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES
&&
8863 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES
) {
8864 dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp
, tx
);
8867 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES
&&
8868 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES
) {
8869 dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp
, tx
);
8871 /* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
8872 spa
->spa_minref
+= 3;
8875 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
&&
8876 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
8877 spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa
, tx
);
8881 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
8882 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
8883 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
8884 * this feature active
8886 if (spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
8887 boolean_t lz4_en
= spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
,
8888 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
);
8889 boolean_t lz4_ac
= spa_feature_is_active(spa
,
8890 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
);
8892 if (lz4_en
&& !lz4_ac
)
8893 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
, tx
);
8897 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now. Note that the
8898 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
8899 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
8901 if (zap_contains(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
8902 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
) == ENOENT
) {
8903 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8904 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
, 1,
8905 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
),
8906 spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
, tx
));
8909 rrw_exit(&dp
->dp_config_rwlock
, FTAG
);
8913 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vdev_t
*vd
)
8915 vdev_indirect_mapping_t
*vim __maybe_unused
= vd
->vdev_indirect_mapping
;
8916 vdev_indirect_births_t
*vib __maybe_unused
= vd
->vdev_indirect_births
;
8918 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
8919 ASSERT(vim
!= NULL
);
8920 ASSERT(vib
!= NULL
);
8923 uint64_t obsolete_sm_object
= 0;
8924 ASSERT0(vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd
, &obsolete_sm_object
));
8925 if (obsolete_sm_object
!= 0) {
8926 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
!= NULL
);
8927 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_removing
||
8928 vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_indirect_ops
);
8929 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_num_entries(vim
) > 0);
8930 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim
) > 0);
8931 ASSERT3U(obsolete_sm_object
, ==,
8932 space_map_object(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
));
8933 ASSERT3U(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim
), >=,
8934 space_map_allocated(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
));
8936 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_obsolete_segments
!= NULL
);
8939 * Since frees / remaps to an indirect vdev can only
8940 * happen in syncing context, the obsolete segments
8941 * tree must be empty when we start syncing.
8943 ASSERT0(range_tree_space(vd
->vdev_obsolete_segments
));
8947 * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each top-level's
8948 * async write queue depth in case it changed. The max queue depth will
8949 * not change in the middle of syncing out this txg.
8952 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa_t
*spa
)
8954 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
8956 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
8957 uint32_t max_queue_depth
= zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active
*
8958 zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct
/ 100;
8959 metaslab_class_t
*normal
= spa_normal_class(spa
);
8960 metaslab_class_t
*special
= spa_special_class(spa
);
8961 metaslab_class_t
*dedup
= spa_dedup_class(spa
);
8963 uint64_t slots_per_allocator
= 0;
8964 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
8965 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
8967 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
8968 if (mg
== NULL
|| !metaslab_group_initialized(mg
))
8971 metaslab_class_t
*mc
= mg
->mg_class
;
8972 if (mc
!= normal
&& mc
!= special
&& mc
!= dedup
)
8976 * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async
8977 * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async
8978 * allocations all happen from spa_sync().
8980 for (int i
= 0; i
< mg
->mg_allocators
; i
++) {
8981 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(
8982 &(mg
->mg_allocator
[i
].mga_alloc_queue_depth
)));
8984 mg
->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth
= max_queue_depth
;
8986 for (int i
= 0; i
< mg
->mg_allocators
; i
++) {
8987 mg
->mg_allocator
[i
].mga_cur_max_alloc_queue_depth
=
8988 zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth
;
8990 slots_per_allocator
+= zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth
;
8993 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
8994 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&normal
->mc_allocator
[i
].
8996 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&special
->mc_allocator
[i
].
8998 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&dedup
->mc_allocator
[i
].
9000 normal
->mc_allocator
[i
].mca_alloc_max_slots
=
9001 slots_per_allocator
;
9002 special
->mc_allocator
[i
].mca_alloc_max_slots
=
9003 slots_per_allocator
;
9004 dedup
->mc_allocator
[i
].mca_alloc_max_slots
=
9005 slots_per_allocator
;
9007 normal
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
9008 special
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
9009 dedup
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
9013 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9015 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
9017 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9018 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
9019 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
9020 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vd
);
9022 if (vdev_indirect_should_condense(vd
)) {
9023 spa_condense_indirect_start_sync(vd
, tx
);
9030 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9032 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
9033 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
9034 uint64_t txg
= tx
->tx_txg
;
9035 bplist_t
*free_bpl
= &spa
->spa_free_bplist
[txg
& TXG_MASK
];
9038 int pass
= ++spa
->spa_sync_pass
;
9040 spa_sync_config_object(spa
, tx
);
9041 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa
, &spa
->spa_spares
, tx
,
9042 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, DMU_POOL_SPARES
);
9043 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa
, &spa
->spa_l2cache
, tx
,
9044 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE
);
9045 spa_errlog_sync(spa
, txg
);
9046 dsl_pool_sync(dp
, txg
);
9048 if (pass
< zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free
||
9049 spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP
)) {
9051 * If the log space map feature is active we don't
9052 * care about deferred frees and the deferred bpobj
9053 * as the log space map should effectively have the
9054 * same results (i.e. appending only to one object).
9056 spa_sync_frees(spa
, free_bpl
, tx
);
9059 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
9060 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
9062 ASSERT3U(pass
, >, 1);
9063 bplist_iterate(free_bpl
, bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb
,
9064 &spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
, tx
);
9068 dsl_scan_sync(dp
, tx
);
9070 spa_sync_upgrades(spa
, tx
);
9072 spa_flush_metaslabs(spa
, tx
);
9075 while ((vd
= txg_list_remove(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, txg
))
9080 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty because we could
9081 * have marked the MOS dirty without updating the uberblock
9082 * (e.g. if we have sync tasks but no dirty user data). We need
9083 * to check the uberblock's rootbp because it is updated if we
9084 * have synced out dirty data (though in this case the MOS will
9085 * most likely also be dirty due to second order effects, we
9086 * don't want to rely on that here).
9089 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_rootbp
.blk_birth
< txg
&&
9090 !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos
, txg
)) {
9092 * Nothing changed on the first pass, therefore this
9093 * TXG is a no-op. Avoid syncing deferred frees, so
9094 * that we can keep this TXG as a no-op.
9096 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_datasets
, txg
));
9097 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_dirs
, txg
));
9098 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_sync_tasks
, txg
));
9099 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_early_sync_tasks
, txg
));
9103 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa
, tx
);
9104 } while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos
, txg
));
9108 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock) to
9109 * commit the transaction group.
9111 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few random
9112 * top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the config cache
9113 * (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description). If there *are* dirty
9114 * vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
9117 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9119 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9120 uint64_t txg
= tx
->tx_txg
;
9126 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
9127 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
9129 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9131 if (list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) {
9132 vdev_t
*svd
[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
] = { NULL
};
9134 int children
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
9135 int c0
= random_in_range(children
);
9137 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
9139 rvd
->vdev_child
[(c0
+ c
) % children
];
9141 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
9142 if (c
> 0 && svd
[0] == vd
)
9145 if (vd
->vdev_ms_array
== 0 ||
9147 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
9150 svd
[svdcount
++] = vd
;
9151 if (svdcount
== SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
)
9154 error
= vdev_config_sync(svd
, svdcount
, txg
);
9156 error
= vdev_config_sync(rvd
->vdev_child
,
9157 rvd
->vdev_children
, txg
);
9161 spa
->spa_last_synced_guid
= rvd
->vdev_guid
;
9163 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9167 zio_suspend(spa
, NULL
, ZIO_SUSPEND_IOERR
);
9168 zio_resume_wait(spa
);
9173 * Sync the specified transaction group. New blocks may be dirtied as
9174 * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
9177 spa_sync(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t txg
)
9181 VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa
));
9184 * Wait for i/os issued in open context that need to complete
9185 * before this txg syncs.
9187 (void) zio_wait(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[txg
& TXG_MASK
]);
9188 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[txg
& TXG_MASK
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
9192 * Lock out configuration changes.
9194 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9196 spa
->spa_syncing_txg
= txg
;
9197 spa
->spa_sync_pass
= 0;
9199 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
9200 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_lock
);
9201 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_tree
));
9202 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_lock
);
9206 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
9207 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
9209 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9210 while (list_head(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
) != NULL
) {
9212 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
9213 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
9214 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
9215 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
9216 * into the root vdev tree.
9218 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9219 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
9220 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
)) != NULL
) {
9221 vdev_state_clean(vd
);
9222 vdev_config_dirty(vd
);
9224 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9225 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9227 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9229 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
9230 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, txg
);
9232 spa
->spa_sync_starttime
= gethrtime();
9233 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
9234 spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
= taskq_dispatch_delay(system_delay_taskq
,
9235 spa_deadman
, spa
, TQ_SLEEP
, ddi_get_lbolt() +
9236 NSEC_TO_TICK(spa
->spa_deadman_synctime
));
9239 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
9240 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
9242 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
&&
9243 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
) {
9244 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9247 for (i
= 0; i
< rvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
9248 vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[i
];
9249 if (vd
->vdev_deflate_ratio
!= SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE
)
9252 if (i
== rvd
->vdev_children
) {
9253 spa
->spa_deflate
= TRUE
;
9254 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9255 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
,
9256 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_deflate
, tx
));
9260 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa
);
9262 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa
, tx
);
9264 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa
, tx
);
9267 if (!list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) {
9269 * Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches
9270 * the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets
9271 * called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be
9272 * outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in
9273 * spa_sync_config_object.
9275 uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count
;
9276 ASSERT0(zap_count(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9277 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count
));
9278 ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
), ==,
9279 all_vdev_zap_entry_count
);
9283 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
9284 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_vdev_removal
->svr_bytes_done
[txg
& TXG_MASK
]);
9287 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa
, tx
);
9290 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
9291 spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
= 0;
9294 * Clear the dirty config list.
9296 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) != NULL
)
9297 vdev_config_clean(vd
);
9300 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
9301 * let it become visible to the config cache.
9303 if (spa
->spa_config_syncing
!= NULL
) {
9304 spa_config_set(spa
, spa
->spa_config_syncing
);
9305 spa
->spa_config_txg
= txg
;
9306 spa
->spa_config_syncing
= NULL
;
9309 dsl_pool_sync_done(dp
, txg
);
9311 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
9312 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_lock
);
9313 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_tree
));
9314 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_lock
);
9318 * Update usable space statistics.
9320 while ((vd
= txg_list_remove(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, TXG_CLEAN(txg
)))
9322 vdev_sync_done(vd
, txg
);
9324 metaslab_class_evict_old(spa
->spa_normal_class
, txg
);
9325 metaslab_class_evict_old(spa
->spa_log_class
, txg
);
9327 spa_sync_close_syncing_log_sm(spa
);
9329 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
9332 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
9333 * since vdev_config_sync().
9335 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_datasets
, txg
));
9336 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_dirs
, txg
));
9337 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, txg
));
9339 while (zfs_pause_spa_sync
)
9342 spa
->spa_sync_pass
= 0;
9345 * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at
9346 * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg()
9347 * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with
9348 * that txg has been completed.
9350 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
9351 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
9353 spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa
);
9356 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
9358 spa_async_dispatch(spa
);
9362 * Sync all pools. We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
9363 * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
9367 spa_sync_allpools(void)
9370 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9371 while ((spa
= spa_next(spa
)) != NULL
) {
9372 if (spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
||
9373 !spa_writeable(spa
) || spa_suspended(spa
))
9375 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
9376 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9377 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), 0);
9378 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9379 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9381 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9385 * ==========================================================================
9386 * Miscellaneous routines
9387 * ==========================================================================
9391 * Remove all pools in the system.
9399 * Remove all cached state. All pools should be closed now,
9400 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
9402 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9403 while ((spa
= spa_next(NULL
)) != NULL
) {
9405 * Stop async tasks. The async thread may need to detach
9406 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
9407 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
9409 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
9410 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9411 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
9412 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9413 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9415 if (spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
9417 spa_deactivate(spa
);
9421 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9425 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, boolean_t aux
)
9430 if ((vd
= vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, guid
)) != NULL
)
9434 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++) {
9435 vd
= spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
9436 if (vd
->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9440 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
9441 vd
= spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
9442 if (vd
->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9451 spa_upgrade(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t version
)
9453 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
9455 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
9458 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
9459 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
9462 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
));
9463 ASSERT3U(version
, >=, spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
);
9465 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
9466 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
9468 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
9470 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), 0);
9474 spa_has_spare(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
)
9478 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
9480 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
9481 if (sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9484 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_npending
; i
++) {
9485 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav
->sav_pending
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
9486 &spareguid
) == 0 && spareguid
== guid
)
9494 * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
9495 * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
9498 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t
*spa
)
9502 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
9504 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++) {
9505 if (spa_spare_exists(sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_guid
, &pool
,
9506 &refcnt
) && pool
!= 0ULL && pool
== spa_guid(spa
) &&
9515 spa_total_metaslabs(spa_t
*spa
)
9517 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9520 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
9521 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
9522 if (!vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
9524 m
+= vd
->vdev_ms_count
;
9530 * Notify any waiting threads that some activity has switched from being in-
9531 * progress to not-in-progress so that the thread can wake up and determine
9532 * whether it is finished waiting.
9535 spa_notify_waiters(spa_t
*spa
)
9538 * Acquiring spa_activities_lock here prevents the cv_broadcast from
9539 * happening between the waiting thread's check and cv_wait.
9541 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9542 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
);
9543 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9547 * Notify any waiting threads that the pool is exporting, and then block until
9548 * they are finished using the spa_t.
9551 spa_wake_waiters(spa_t
*spa
)
9553 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9554 spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
= B_TRUE
;
9555 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
);
9556 while (spa
->spa_waiters
!= 0)
9557 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_waiters_cv
, &spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9558 spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
= B_FALSE
;
9559 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9562 /* Whether the vdev or any of its descendants are being initialized/trimmed. */
9564 spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vdev_t
*vd
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
)
9566 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
9568 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, RW_READER
));
9569 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
));
9570 ASSERT(activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
||
9571 activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
);
9573 kmutex_t
*lock
= activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
?
9574 &vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
: &vd
->vdev_trim_lock
;
9576 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9578 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9580 boolean_t in_progress
= (activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
) ?
9581 (vd
->vdev_initialize_state
== VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
) :
9582 (vd
->vdev_trim_state
== VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
9588 for (int i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
9589 if (spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vd
->vdev_child
[i
],
9598 * If use_guid is true, this checks whether the vdev specified by guid is
9599 * being initialized/trimmed. Otherwise, it checks whether any vdev in the pool
9600 * is being initialized/trimmed. The caller must hold the config lock and
9601 * spa_activities_lock.
9604 spa_vdev_activity_in_progress(spa_t
*spa
, boolean_t use_guid
, uint64_t guid
,
9605 zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, boolean_t
*in_progress
)
9607 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9608 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9609 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9613 vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
9614 if (vd
== NULL
|| !vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
9615 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9619 vd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9622 *in_progress
= spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vd
, activity
);
9624 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9629 * Locking for waiting threads
9630 * ---------------------------
9632 * Waiting threads need a way to check whether a given activity is in progress,
9633 * and then, if it is, wait for it to complete. Each activity will have some
9634 * in-memory representation of the relevant on-disk state which can be used to
9635 * determine whether or not the activity is in progress. The in-memory state and
9636 * the locking used to protect it will be different for each activity, and may
9637 * not be suitable for use with a cvar (e.g., some state is protected by the
9638 * config lock). To allow waiting threads to wait without any races, another
9639 * lock, spa_activities_lock, is used.
9641 * When the state is checked, both the activity-specific lock (if there is one)
9642 * and spa_activities_lock are held. In some cases, the activity-specific lock
9643 * is acquired explicitly (e.g. the config lock). In others, the locking is
9644 * internal to some check (e.g. bpobj_is_empty). After checking, the waiting
9645 * thread releases the activity-specific lock and, if the activity is in
9646 * progress, then cv_waits using spa_activities_lock.
9648 * The waiting thread is woken when another thread, one completing some
9649 * activity, updates the state of the activity and then calls
9650 * spa_notify_waiters, which will cv_broadcast. This 'completing' thread only
9651 * needs to hold its activity-specific lock when updating the state, and this
9652 * lock can (but doesn't have to) be dropped before calling spa_notify_waiters.
9654 * Because spa_notify_waiters acquires spa_activities_lock before broadcasting,
9655 * and because it is held when the waiting thread checks the state of the
9656 * activity, it can never be the case that the completing thread both updates
9657 * the activity state and cv_broadcasts in between the waiting thread's check
9658 * and cv_wait. Thus, a waiting thread can never miss a wakeup.
9660 * In order to prevent deadlock, when the waiting thread does its check, in some
9661 * cases it will temporarily drop spa_activities_lock in order to acquire the
9662 * activity-specific lock. The order in which spa_activities_lock and the
9663 * activity specific lock are acquired in the waiting thread is determined by
9664 * the order in which they are acquired in the completing thread; if the
9665 * completing thread calls spa_notify_waiters with the activity-specific lock
9666 * held, then the waiting thread must also acquire the activity-specific lock
9671 spa_activity_in_progress(spa_t
*spa
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
,
9672 boolean_t use_tag
, uint64_t tag
, boolean_t
*in_progress
)
9676 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
));
9679 case ZPOOL_WAIT_CKPT_DISCARD
:
9681 (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
) &&
9682 zap_contains(spa_meta_objset(spa
),
9683 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
) ==
9686 case ZPOOL_WAIT_FREE
:
9687 *in_progress
= ((spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS
&&
9688 !bpobj_is_empty(&spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_free_bpobj
)) ||
9689 spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ASYNC_DESTROY
) ||
9690 spa_livelist_delete_check(spa
));
9692 case ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
:
9693 case ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
:
9694 error
= spa_vdev_activity_in_progress(spa
, use_tag
, tag
,
9695 activity
, in_progress
);
9697 case ZPOOL_WAIT_REPLACE
:
9698 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9699 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9700 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9702 *in_progress
= vdev_replace_in_progress(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
9703 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9705 case ZPOOL_WAIT_REMOVE
:
9706 *in_progress
= (spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_state
==
9709 case ZPOOL_WAIT_RESILVER
:
9710 if ((*in_progress
= vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)))
9713 case ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB
:
9715 boolean_t scanning
, paused
, is_scrub
;
9716 dsl_scan_t
*scn
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_scan
;
9718 is_scrub
= (scn
->scn_phys
.scn_func
== POOL_SCAN_SCRUB
);
9719 scanning
= (scn
->scn_phys
.scn_state
== DSS_SCANNING
);
9720 paused
= dsl_scan_is_paused_scrub(scn
);
9721 *in_progress
= (scanning
&& !paused
&&
9722 is_scrub
== (activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB
));
9726 panic("unrecognized value for activity %d", activity
);
9733 spa_wait_common(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
,
9734 boolean_t use_tag
, uint64_t tag
, boolean_t
*waited
)
9737 * The tag is used to distinguish between instances of an activity.
9738 * 'initialize' and 'trim' are the only activities that we use this for.
9739 * The other activities can only have a single instance in progress in a
9740 * pool at one time, making the tag unnecessary.
9742 * There can be multiple devices being replaced at once, but since they
9743 * all finish once resilvering finishes, we don't bother keeping track
9744 * of them individually, we just wait for them all to finish.
9746 if (use_tag
&& activity
!= ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
&&
9747 activity
!= ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
)
9750 if (activity
< 0 || activity
>= ZPOOL_WAIT_NUM_ACTIVITIES
)
9754 int error
= spa_open(pool
, &spa
, FTAG
);
9759 * Increment the spa's waiter count so that we can call spa_close and
9760 * still ensure that the spa_t doesn't get freed before this thread is
9761 * finished with it when the pool is exported. We want to call spa_close
9762 * before we start waiting because otherwise the additional ref would
9763 * prevent the pool from being exported or destroyed throughout the
9764 * potentially long wait.
9766 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9768 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9772 boolean_t in_progress
;
9773 error
= spa_activity_in_progress(spa
, activity
, use_tag
, tag
,
9776 if (error
|| !in_progress
|| spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
)
9781 if (cv_wait_sig(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
,
9782 &spa
->spa_activities_lock
) == 0) {
9789 cv_signal(&spa
->spa_waiters_cv
);
9790 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9796 * Wait for a particular instance of the specified activity to complete, where
9797 * the instance is identified by 'tag'
9800 spa_wait_tag(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, uint64_t tag
,
9803 return (spa_wait_common(pool
, activity
, B_TRUE
, tag
, waited
));
9807 * Wait for all instances of the specified activity complete
9810 spa_wait(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, boolean_t
*waited
)
9813 return (spa_wait_common(pool
, activity
, B_FALSE
, 0, waited
));
9817 spa_event_create(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
, nvlist_t
*hist_nvl
, const char *name
)
9819 sysevent_t
*ev
= NULL
;
9823 resource
= zfs_event_create(spa
, vd
, FM_SYSEVENT_CLASS
, name
, hist_nvl
);
9825 ev
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (sysevent_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
9826 ev
->resource
= resource
;
9833 spa_event_post(sysevent_t
*ev
)
9837 zfs_zevent_post(ev
->resource
, NULL
, zfs_zevent_post_cb
);
9838 kmem_free(ev
, sizeof (*ev
));
9844 * Post a zevent corresponding to the given sysevent. The 'name' must be one
9845 * of the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h. The payload will be
9846 * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev. This doesn't do anything
9847 * in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to misinterpret ztest
9848 * or zdb as real changes.
9851 spa_event_notify(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
, nvlist_t
*hist_nvl
, const char *name
)
9853 spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa
, vd
, hist_nvl
, name
));
9856 /* state manipulation functions */
9857 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open
);
9858 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open_rewind
);
9859 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_get_stats
);
9860 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_create
);
9861 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_import
);
9862 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_tryimport
);
9863 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_destroy
);
9864 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_export
);
9865 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_reset
);
9866 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_request
);
9867 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_suspend
);
9868 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_resume
);
9869 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_addref
);
9870 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_delref
);
9871 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stat_init
);
9872 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_get_stats
);
9874 /* device manipulation */
9875 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_add
);
9876 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_attach
);
9877 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_detach
);
9878 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setpath
);
9879 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setfru
);
9880 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_split_mirror
);
9882 /* spare statech is global across all pools) */
9883 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_add
);
9884 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_remove
);
9885 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_exists
);
9886 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_activate
);
9888 /* L2ARC statech is global across all pools) */
9889 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_add
);
9890 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_remove
);
9891 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_exists
);
9892 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_activate
);
9893 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_drop
);
9896 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan
);
9897 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stop
);
9900 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync
); /* only for DMU use */
9901 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync_allpools
);
9904 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_set
);
9905 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_get
);
9906 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_clear_bootfs
);
9908 /* asynchronous event notification */
9909 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_event_notify
);
9912 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_shift
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9913 "log2 fraction of arc that can be used by inflight I/Os when "
9914 "verifying pool during import");
9916 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_metadata
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9917 "Set to traverse metadata on pool import");
9919 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_data
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9920 "Set to traverse data on pool import");
9922 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_print_vdev_tree
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9923 "Print vdev tree to zfs_dbgmsg during pool import");
9925 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_zio
, zio_
, taskq_batch_pct
, UINT
, ZMOD_RD
,
9926 "Percentage of CPUs to run an IO worker thread");
9928 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_zio
, zio_
, taskq_batch_tpq
, UINT
, ZMOD_RD
,
9929 "Number of threads per IO worker taskqueue");
9931 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs
, zfs_
, max_missing_tvds
, ULONG
, ZMOD_RW
,
9932 "Allow importing pool with up to this number of missing top-level "
9933 "vdevs (in read-only mode)");
9935 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, zthr_pause
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9936 "Set the livelist condense zthr to pause");
9938 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, sync_pause
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9939 "Set the livelist condense synctask to pause");
9941 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, sync_cancel
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9942 "Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the synctask");
9944 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, zthr_cancel
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9945 "Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the zthr function");
9947 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, new_alloc
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9948 "Whether extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a livelist entry while it "
9949 "was being condensed");